MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS INC
S-1/A, 2000-10-19
PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE
Previous: VISTEON CORP, 8-K, EX-20, 2000-10-19
Next: MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS INC, S-1/A, EX-4.3, 2000-10-19



<PAGE>


 As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 18, 2000.
                                                      Registration No. 333-41330
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                --------------

                              AMENDMENT NO. 3
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                --------------

                          Motive Communications, Inc.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Delaware                                    7372                       74-2834515
<S>                                   <C>                              <C>
(State or Other Jurisdiction of       (Primary Standard Industrial      (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)         Classification Code Number)     Identification Number)
</TABLE>

                   9211 Waterford Centre Boulevard, Suite 100
                              Austin, Texas 78758
                                 (512) 339-8335
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the
                   registrant's principal executive offices)

                                --------------

                                SCOTT L. HARMON
                     President and Chief Executive Officer
                          Motive Communications, Inc.
                   9211 Waterford Centre Boulevard, Suite 100
                              Austin, Texas 78758
                                 (512) 339-8335
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)

                                --------------

                                   Copies to:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Anthony M. Allen                              Alan Dean
             Catherine L. Dawson                            Robin Schuh
              Jennifer Y. Harper                           Bjourn Bjerke
     <S>                                              <C>
           Gunderson Dettmer Stough                    Davis Polk & Wardwell
     Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP               450 Lexington Avenue
         2700 Via Fortuna, Suite 300                  New York, New York 10017
             Austin, Texas 78746                           (212) 450-4000
                (512) 732-8400
</TABLE>

                                --------------

   Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
   If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, check the following box. [_]
   If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
   If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
   If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
   If delivery of this prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]


   The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant
shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement
shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission,
acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may +
+not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the     +
+Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an    +
+offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these  +
+securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.             +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued             , 2000

                                5,000,000 Shares

                     [LOGO OF MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.]

                         Powering Online Customer Care

                                  COMMON STOCK

                                  -----------

Motive Communications, Inc. is offering 5,000,000 shares of its common stock.
This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for
our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be
between $10 and $12 per share.

                                  -----------

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under
the symbol "MOTV."

                                  -----------

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on
page 4.

                                  -----------

                              PRICE $     A SHARE

                                  -----------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Price  Underwriting
                                                  to   Discounts and Proceeds to
                                                Public  Commissions    Company
                                                ------ ------------- -----------
<S>                                             <C>    <C>           <C>
Per Share...................................... $         $            $
Total.......................................... $         $            $
</TABLE>

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not
approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is
truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Motive Communications, Inc. and a selling stockholder have granted the
underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 750,000 shares of common
stock to cover over-allotments. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to
deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on       , 2000.

                                  -----------

MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER

      DEUTSCHE BANC ALEX. BROWN

             DAIN RAUSCHER WESSELS

                                                       FRIEDMAN BILLINGS RAMSEY
        , 2000
<PAGE>




                                  [ART WORK]
[Description of graphic: This graphic depicts "Powering Online Customer Care".
The graphic is a star diagram with a central axis titled "Motive Powered
Service". Circling around the axis are graphics with straight lines connecting
to the central axis. Starting at the top left of the axis is a graphic labeled
"e-Business Sites" depicting an Internet browser window with a pop-up dialogue
window. At the top-right is a graphic labeled "High-touch Service Sites"
depicting an Internet browser window with a pop-up dialogue window. At the
bottom-right is a graphic labeled "IT Departments and IT Service Providers"
depicting an Internet browser window. At the bottom-left is a graphic
connected to the central axis with a dotted line labeled "Internet Devices
(future)" depicting a cellular phone. At the left is a graphic labeled "High-
tech Vendors" depicting a personal computer. One line extends straight down
from the central axis and leads to text at the bottom right of the page:
"Motive provides products to automate the delivery of customer service over
the internet, or e-service. By providing superior online service our customers
improve value delivery, customer retention, and sales." The bottom of the page
is a framed box with our logo and the word "Motive" centered in the box.]
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Prospectus Summary.......................................................   1
Risk Factors.............................................................   4
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements........................  14
Use of Proceeds..........................................................  15
Dividend Policy..........................................................  15
Preemptive Rights........................................................  15
Capitalization...........................................................  16
Dilution.................................................................  17
Selected Financial Data..................................................  18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations...........................................................  20
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Business...................................................................  31
Management.................................................................  45
Related Party Transactions.................................................  54
Principal Stockholders.....................................................  56
Description of Capital Stock...............................................  58
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............................................  61
Underwriters...............................................................  63
Legal Matters..............................................................  66
Experts....................................................................  66
Change in Independent Auditors.............................................  66
Where You Can Find Additional Information..................................  66
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................. F-1
</TABLE>

   Until     , 2000, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock,
whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a
prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.

   Our principal executive offices are located at 9211 Waterford Centre
Boulevard, Suite 100, Austin, Texas 78758 and our telephone number is (512)
339-8335. Our world wide web address is http://www.motive.com. The information
on our web site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Our
world wide web address is not intended to be included as an active hyperlink
in this prospectus and has been included only as an inactive textual
reference.

   You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We
have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that
contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to
buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of
the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this
prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   You should read this summary together with the more detailed information and
our consolidated financial statements and notes appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus
gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock
into shares of common stock effective upon the closing of the offering and
assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. Unless
otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus relating to the number
of shares of our common stock or options is based upon information as of
September 30, 2000.

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

   We provide software for the automated delivery of customer service, or e-
service, over the internet. Our software products provide technology vendors,
service providers and large enterprises with the infrastructure for delivering
personalized service over the internet. Unlike traditional telephone, e-mail or
chat-based service models, our products are used to build individualized "e-
service networks" that allow our customers to deliver superior customer service
by interconnecting their customers, partners, suppliers and employees. By
providing superior online service, our customers improve value delivery,
customer retention and sales.

   Motive-powered e-service networks provide end users with online or off line
assistance through the use of automated self-service or by connecting them to a
qualified expert for a web-based dialogue. Our technology enables business and
technical experts to collaborate on solving problems and answering questions,
and to capture automated solutions and answers in a reusable knowledge base. As
a result, end users can access an extended network of experts and e-service
content, all designed to be highly relevant to the end user and the particular
service request. We complement our products with an experienced professional
services group that provides turn-key solutions for our customers.

   We have significant strategic customer relationships with leading hardware
providers such as Compaq, Dell, Gateway and Hewlett-Packard. We estimate that
these personal computer, or PC, manufacturers currently have installed our
software on more than 4.7 million PCs and servers to provide e-service to their
customers. In addition, these PC manufacturers have acquired licenses to pre-
install our software on an estimated tens of millions of PCs and servers. As of
September 30, 2000 we had approximately 55 customers across a wide variety of
industries, including hardware, software, financial services,
telecommunications, retail, and services outsourcing. In addition to the major
PC manufacturers, our customers include Electronic Data Systems (EDS), GE
Information Services, Intuit, Kmart, LSI Logic, Merrill Lynch, Norwest, Oracle
and Peregrine Systems.



                                       1
<PAGE>


                                  THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 <C>                                                  <S>
 Common stock offered................................ 5,000,000 shares
 Common stock to be outstanding after this offering.. 46,814,781 shares
 Use of proceeds..................................... For general corporate
                                                      purposes, including
                                                      working capital. See "Use
                                                      of Proceeds" for
                                                      additional information on
                                                      how we intend to use the
                                                      proceeds from the
                                                      offering.
 Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.............. MOTV
</TABLE>

   The foregoing information is based on shares outstanding as of September 30,
2000, and excludes 5,613,707 shares reserved for issuance under our stock plan
or issuable on exercise of outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares.
See "Capitalization."

                                       2
<PAGE>


                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Period from
                               Inception                        Nine Months
                              (April 25,      Year Ended      Ended September
                             1997) through   December 31,           30,
                             December 31,  -----------------  -----------------
                                 1997       1998      1999     1999      2000
                             ------------- -------  --------  -------  --------
                                                                (unaudited)
                                  (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                          <C>           <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Consolidated Statement of
 Operations Data:
Revenue:
  License fees.............     $   --     $ 1,380  $  7,031  $ 3,657  $ 12,819
  Services.................         --          37     2,130    1,232     6,542
Total revenue..............         --       1,417     9,161    4,889    19,361
Gross margin...............         --         913     6,951    3,744    11,733
Total operating expenses...        942       4,543    19,424    8,751    34,274
Loss from operations.......       (942)     (3,630)  (12,473)  (5,007)  (22,541)
Net loss...................     $ (819)    $(3,318) $(11,788) $(4,579) $(21,403)
Basic and diluted net loss
 per share.................     $(0.44)    $ (0.73) $  (1.20) $ (0.47) $  (1.43)
Shares used in computing
 basic and diluted net loss
 per share.................      1,858       4,554     9,842    9,826    14,968
Pro forma basic and diluted
 net loss per share
 (unaudited)...............                         $  (0.53)          $  (0.65)
Shares used in computing
 pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per share
 (unaudited)...............                           22,268             32,839
</TABLE>

   The following table presents our summary consolidated balance sheet at
September  30, 2000. The pro forma column reflects the conversion of our
preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2000 into 18,395,581 shares of
common stock on completion of this offering. The pro forma as adjusted column
reflects our sale of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at
an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share and the
application of the estimated net proceeds. See "Use of Proceeds" and
"Capitalization."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   As of September 30, 2000
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                                     Pro Forma
                                                 Actual   Pro Forma As Adjusted
                                                 -------  --------- -----------
                                                        (in thousands)
                                                          (unaudited)
<S>                                              <C>      <C>       <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents....................... $ 5,830   $ 5,830   $ 54,795
Working capital.................................  28,625    28,625     77,590
Total assets....................................  68,608    68,608    117,573
Long-term debt, net of current portion..........     617       617        617
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, net.....  53,521        --         --
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)............  (4,050)   49,471     98,436
</TABLE>

   Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus:

  .  assumes that the underwriters' over-allotment option will not be
     exercised;

  .  except as noted in the historical financial statements, gives effect to
     the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into
     18,395,581 shares of common stock; and

  .  excludes 74,984 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants
     with an exercise price of $4.00 per share.


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS

   This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a high degree
of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and the
other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes, before investing in our common stock. Our
business, operating results or financial condition could be seriously harmed
by any of the following risks. The trading price of our common stock could
decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your
investment.

Risks Related To Our Business

   We are an early stage company, therefore we have only a limited operating
history with which you can evaluate our business and prospects.

   We were founded in April 1997 and began operations in May 1997.
Accordingly, we have only a limited operating history with which you can
evaluate our business and our prospects. In addition, our prospects must be
considered in light of the risks encountered by companies in the early stages
of development in the Internet service and support software market. Some of
the risks we face include:

  .  attracting new customers;

  .  increasing the usage of our software by our existing customers;

  .  developing our sales and marketing capabilities; and

  .  managing our growth effectively.

If we fail to manage these risks successfully, our business could be harmed.

   We expect to incur losses in the future and our prospects for profitability
are uncertain.

   We have never been profitable. We have incurred net losses in every fiscal
period since we began operations, and as of September 30, 2000, we had an
accumulated deficit of approximately $37.3 million. We will need to generate
significant additional revenue to achieve profitability. Given the uncertainty
of generating significant additional revenue, we are not certain when we will
become profitable. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to
sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

   We have not been able to fund our operations from cash generated by our
business, and we may not be able to do so in the future.

   We have principally financed our operations to date through the private
placement of shares of our preferred stock. If we do not generate sufficient
cash from our business to fund operations, our growth could be limited unless
we are able to obtain additional capital through equity or debt financings.
Our inability to grow as planned may reduce our chances of achieving
profitability.

   We recently moved to a term-based revenue model, which is unproven. If our
customers do not agree to license our software under term licenses, or renew
their term licenses, we would lose a recurring revenue stream.

   During 1999, we moved to a revenue model based on licensing our software on
a term basis, requiring periodic renewal for continuing use instead of relying
exclusively on licenses giving our customers a perpetual right to use our
software. In light of our limited operating history, we do not know whether we
will generate sufficient revenue from term-based licenses or whether our term
customers will renew when the term of their licenses end. If a significant
portion of our customers were to elect not to renew their term-based licenses
for our software or insist on perpetual licenses instead of term licenses, we
would lose a recurring revenue stream on which we base our business model.
Loss of a term-based revenue stream could cause our revenue to decline and
harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

                                       4
<PAGE>

   Our quarterly financial results fluctuate and may be difficult to predict
and, if our future results are below the expectations of the public market
analysts and investors, the price of our common stock may decline.

   Our quarterly revenue and results of operations may be difficult to
predict. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience,
fluctuations in revenue and operating results from quarter to quarter. As a
result, we believe that quarter to quarter comparisons of our revenue and
operating results are not necessarily meaningful, and that such comparisons
may not be accurate indicators of future performance. The reasons for these
fluctuations include, but are not limited to:

  .  the timing of sales of our software;

  .  our revenue mix;

  .  the rate of end user acceptance of our software where our licenses have
     fees based on usage;

  .  the amount and timing of operating costs related to the expansion of our
     business, operations and infrastructure;

  .  demand for our e-service infrastructure and application software;

  .  our utilization and billing rates for our professional services
     personnel;

  .  changes in our pricing policies or our competitors' pricing policies;
     and

  .  the timing of new hires.

   We plan to significantly increase our operating expenses to expand our
sales and marketing operations and fund greater levels of research and
development. Our operating expenses, which include sales and marketing,
research and development and general and administrative expenses, are based on
our expectations of future revenue and are relatively fixed in the short term.
If revenue falls below our expectations in a quarter and we are not able to
quickly reduce our spending in response, our operating results for that
quarter could be harmed. It is likely that in some future quarter our
operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and
investors and, as a result, the price of our common stock may fall.

   Variations in our sales cycle could impact the timing of our revenue,
causing our quarterly operating results to fluctuate.

   The period between our initial contact with a potential customer and the
purchase of our software and services is often long and subject to delays
associated with the budgeting, approval, and competitive evaluation processes
that frequently accompany significant capital expenditures. Our sales cycle
can vary substantially, from one week to nine months or more depending on the
customer and the size of the transaction. A lengthy sales cycle may have an
impact on the timing of our revenue, which in turn could cause our quarterly
operating results to fluctuate. We believe that a customer's decision to
purchase our software and services is discretionary, involves a significant
commitment of resources, and is influenced by customer budgetary cycles. To
successfully sell our software and services, we must educate our potential
customers regarding their use and benefits, which can require significant time
and resources.

   Our strategy for developing e-service networks based on our software relies
on our customers reselling our software to their customers and business
partners. If our customers are unsuccessful in reselling our software, we may
lose important sales and marketing opportunities.

   We are designing our software so that our customers can link themselves
across the internet to their customers and their business partners through
"service networks" that enable collaborative e-service to the end user. To
establish these networks, we expect some of our customers to resell our
products to their business partners and end user customers, sharing their
revenues with us on these sales, while creating opportunities to sell
additional and upgraded products to these additional customers. In the future,
we plan to derive a significant portion of our revenue from these resale
licenses and "cross selling" opportunities. In particular, the success

                                       5
<PAGE>

of our MotiveNet Server product depends on the marketing efforts of our
technology customers to sell e-service networks implemented using our
software. Our customers are under no obligation to recommend or resell our
products. These companies could recommend or resell the products of other
companies or sell their own products. Our failure to create a market for
service networks, the failure of our customers to successfully market service
networks using our products or a significant shift by our customers toward
favoring competing products could negatively affect our future revenue.

   We may not be able to increase market awareness and increase revenue from
software sales if we do not expand our sales and distribution capabilities.

   We need to substantially expand our direct and indirect sales and
distribution efforts, both domestically and internationally, in order to
increase market awareness and sales of our software and the related services
we offer. We have recently expanded our direct sales force and plan to hire
additional sales personnel. Competition for qualified sales and marketing
personnel is intense, and we might not be able to hire and retain adequate
numbers of such personnel to maintain our growth. New hires will require
training and take time to achieve full productivity. Our competitors have
attempted to hire our employees away from us and we expect that they will
continue to do so. We also plan to expand our relationships with system
integrators, enterprise software vendors and other third-party resellers to
further develop our indirect sales channel. As we continue to develop our
indirect sales channel, we will need to manage potential conflicts between our
direct sales force and third-party reselling efforts.

   Our operating results may decline and our customers may become dissatisfied
if we do not expand our professional services organization.

   We cannot be certain that we can attract or retain a sufficient number of
highly qualified professional services personnel and we cannot be certain that
our professional services business will ever achieve profitability. Clients
that license our software typically engage our professional services
organization to assist with installation, training, consulting and
implementation of our software. We believe that growth in our software sales
depends on our ability to provide our clients with these services. As a
result, we plan to increase the number of services personnel to meet these
needs. New services personnel will require training and education and take
time to reach full productivity. We may not be able to recruit the services
personnel we need since competition for qualified services personnel is
intense. We are in a new market and only a limited number of individuals have
the skills needed to provide the services that our clients require. To meet
our needs for services personnel, we may also need to use more costly third-
party consultants to supplement our own professional services organization.

   We may be unable to attract necessary third-party service providers, which
could affect our ability to provide support, consulting and implementation
services for our products and negatively affect our sales.

   There may be a shortage of third-party service providers to assist our
customers with the implementation of our products. We do not believe our
professional services organization will be able to fulfill the expected demand
for support, consulting and implementation services for our products. We are
actively attempting to supplement the capabilities of our professional
services organization by attracting and educating third-party service
providers and consultants to also provide these services. We may not be
successful in attracting these third-party providers or maintaining the
interest of current third-party providers. In addition, these third parties
may not devote enough resources to these activities. A shortfall in service
capabilities may affect our ability to sell our software.

   An important component of our license fees depends on end users adopting
our products.

   Pricing for our software licenses typically includes a usage component that
increases the price based on the number of end users that are provided support
services through our software. As a result, our revenues depend in part on
expansion of usage. We make considerable effort to educate our customers about
the benefits of our software and to suggest programs to increase the usage of
our software after it has been licensed. Despite our efforts to promote usage
of our software, implementation of programs designed to increase usage and
actual

                                       6
<PAGE>

usage of our software is largely beyond our control. Any failure to increase
usage could limit the revenues that we can realize from our software and could
cause our revenue to fall short of expectations.

   We must achieve broad adoption and acceptance of our new products in order
to increase our revenue and market share.

   We expect that our future financial performance will depend significantly
on revenue from new products, such as MotiveNet Server, as well as from
enhancements to our existing products. We began shipping MotiveNet Server in
April 2000. There are significant risks inherent in product introductions,
such as MotiveNet Server. Market acceptance of these products will depend on a
market developing for internet-based service and support software,
particularly with respect to the establishment of service networks and
question and answer assistance for web sites. The success of MotiveNet Server
will also depend on the marketing efforts of our customers who will be
marketing MotiveNet to their customers. We cannot be certain that our new
products or future enhancements to existing products will meet customer
performance needs or expectations when shipped or that they will be free of
significant software defects or bugs. If they do not meet customer needs or
expectations, for whatever reason, upgrading or enhancing these products could
be costly and time consuming.

   We have experienced significant growth in our business in recent periods
and we may not be able to manage our future growth efficiently or profitably.

   Our ability to successfully offer software and related services and
implement our business plan in a rapidly evolving market requires an effective
planning and management process. We have increased, and plan to continue to
increase, the scope of our operations at a rapid rate. The number of people we
employ has grown and will continue to grow substantially. As of September 30,
2000, we had a total of 267 employees, compared to 117 employees as of
December 31, 1999. Future expansion efforts could be expensive and may strain
our managerial and other resources. To manage future growth effectively, we
must maintain and enhance our financial and accounting systems and controls,
integrate new personnel and manage expanded operations. If we do not manage
growth properly, it could harm our business, operating results and financial
condition.

   Our customer base is concentrated and loss of a major customer could cause
our revenue to decline.

   For the nine months ended September 30, 2000, three of our customers each
accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in the period. Collectively,
these customers represented 56% of our total revenue for the nine months ended
September 30, 2000. Five of our customers in 1998 and two of our customers in
1999 each accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in those periods.
Collectively, these customers represented 74% of our total revenue in 1998 and
59% in 1999. We may continue to derive a significant portion of our revenue
from a relatively small number of customers in the future. If a major customer
decided not to renew its license to use our software, our revenue could
decline and our operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

   We may find it difficult to integrate potential future acquisitions, which
could disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our
operating results.

   We may acquire other businesses in the future, which would complicate our
management's tasks. We may need to integrate operations that have different
and unfamiliar corporate cultures. These integration efforts may not succeed
or may distract management's attention from existing business operations. Our
failure to successfully manage future acquisitions could seriously harm our
business. Also, our existing stockholders' ownership would be diluted if we
financed our acquisitions by issuing equity securities. If any acquisition
were to be accounted for using the purchase method, we could be required to
amortize goodwill or incur in-process research and development or other
charges in connection with the acquisition.

   The online customer care industry is highly competitive and we may not be
able to compete effectively.

   The market for our products is intensely competitive, subject to rapid
change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other
market activities of industry participants. Although we do not currently

                                       7
<PAGE>

compete against any one entity with respect to all aspects of our e-service
solutions, our solutions compete against various vendors' software products
designed to accomplish specific elements of e-service. See "Business--
Competition."

   Our current and potential competitors may have longer operating histories,
significantly greater financial, technical, and other resources or greater
name recognition than we do. Our competitors may be able to respond more
quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements.
Competitive pressures could reduce our market share or require us to reduce
the price of our products, either of which could harm our business and
operating results.

   If our software contains defects, we could lose customers and revenue.

   Software as complex as ours often contains known and undetected errors or
performance problems. Many serious defects are frequently found during the
period immediately following introduction of new software or enhancements to
existing software. Although we attempt to resolve all errors that we believe
would be considered serious by our customers, our software is not error-free.
Undetected errors or performance problems may be discovered in the future and
known errors considered minor by us may be considered serious by our
customers. This could result in lost revenue or delays in customer acceptance
and would be detrimental to our reputation, which could harm our business,
operating results and financial condition.

   If we cannot develop our software in a timely and effective manner, our
operating results could suffer.

   Because of the complexity of our software, internal quality assurance
testing and customer testing may reveal product performance issues or
desirable feature enhancements that could lead us to postpone the release of
new versions of our software. In addition, the reallocation of resources
associated with any postponement could cause delays in the development and
release of future enhancements to our currently available software. We may not
be able to successfully complete the development of currently planned or
future enhancements in a timely and efficient manner. Any such failure or
delay could harm our operating results.

   Our executive officers and certain key personnel are critical to our
business and these officers and key personnel may not remain with us in the
future.

   Our future success depends upon the continued service of our executive
officers and other key personnel and none of our officers or key employees is
bound by an employment agreement for any specific term. If we lose the
services of one or more of our executive officers or key employees, or if one
or more of them decide to join a competitor or otherwise compete directly or
indirectly with us, our business, operating results and financial condition
could be harmed. In particular, Scott Harmon, our President and Chief
Executive Officer, would be particularly difficult to replace. We possess key
man life insurance for Scott Harmon, Mike Maples, Jr., Tom Bereiter and Brian
Vetter.

   Failure to manage our international expansion effectively could cause our
domestic and international operating results to suffer.

   We intend to expand our international sales efforts in the future. We have
very limited experience in marketing, selling and supporting our software and
services abroad. To date, we have recognized no revenue on sales to customers
outside of North America. Expansion of our international operations will
require a significant amount of attention from our management and substantial
financial resources. If we are unable to grow our international operations
successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results could
be harmed. In addition, doing business internationally involves additional
risks, particularly:

  .  fluctuating currency exchange rates;

  .  greater difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations;

  .  longer payment cycles;

  .  unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws and
     tariffs;

                                       8
<PAGE>

  .  restrictions on repatriation of earnings;

  .  differing labor regulations;

  .  changes in a specific country's or region's political or economic
     conditions;

  .  differing intellectual property rights;

  .  more restrictive privacy regulations in different countries,
     particularly in the European Union; and

  .  restrictions on the export of sensitive U.S. technologies such as data
     security and encryption.

   We currently have operations in the United Kingdom and Switzerland and
expect to commence operations in Germany and France by the end of the year.
European software customers generally have seasonal purchasing patterns,
particularly in the summer. These seasonal purchasing patterns could harm our
operating results. In the future, we intend to expand our sales efforts into
Asia, a region where certain countries have suffered or are susceptible to
recessions that could lead to increased governmental ownership or regulation
of the economy, higher interest rates and spiraling inflation. Any of these
influences could harm our operating results.

   Additional governmental regulation relating to the internet may increase
our costs of doing business or require changes in our business model.

   We are subject to regulations applicable to businesses generally and laws
or regulations directly applicable to companies utilizing the internet.
Although there are currently few laws and regulations directly applicable to
the internet, it is possible that a number of laws and regulations may be
adopted with respect to the internet. These laws could cover issues like user
privacy, pricing content, intellectual property, distribution, taxation,
antitrust, legal liability and characteristics and quality of products and
services. The adoption of any additional laws or regulations could decrease
the demand for our products and services and increase our cost of doing
business or otherwise harm our business or prospects.

   Moreover, the applicability to the internet of existing laws in various
jurisdictions governing issues like property ownership, sales and other taxes,
libel and personal privacy is uncertain and may take years to resolve. For
example, tax authorities in a number of states are currently reviewing the
appropriate tax treatment of businesses engaged in e-commerce. New state tax
regulations may subject our customers or our services to additional state
sales and income taxes. Any new legislation or regulation, the application of
laws and regulations from jurisdictions whose laws do not currently apply to
our business, or the application of existing laws and regulations to the
internet and commercial online services could harm our ability to conduct
business and harm operating results.

   If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, we may lose a
valuable asset, experience reduced market share, or incur costly litigation to
protect our rights.

   Our success depends, in part, upon our proprietary technology and other
intellectual property rights. To date, we have relied primarily on a
combination of copyright, trade secret, trademark and patent laws, and
nondisclosure and other contractual restrictions on copying and distribution
to protect our proprietary technology. Litigation to enforce our intellectual
property rights or protect our trade secrets could result in substantial costs
and may not be successful. Any inability to protect our intellectual property
rights could seriously harm our business, operating results and financial
condition. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect
our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the
United States. Our means of protecting our intellectual property rights in the
United States or abroad may not be adequate to fully protect our intellectual
property rights.

   Our product shipments could be delayed if third-party software incorporated
in our products is no longer available.

   We integrate third-party software from multiple sources as components of
our software. This third-party software may not continue to be available to us
on commercially reasonable terms. For instance, we license

                                       9
<PAGE>

software from Verity to provide search engine capability for our AnswerWeb
product. We also license security and encryption technology from RSA Data
Security. The Verity agreement expires on May 18, 2003, and the RSA agreement
continues indefinitely unless terminated in the event of a material default by
either party, insolvency, or unless we terminate for convenience on 90-days'
written notice. If we cannot maintain licenses to key third-party software,
such as the Verity search engine technology or the RSA security and encryption
technology, shipments of our products could be delayed until equivalent
software could be developed or licensed and integrated into our products,
which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and
financial condition.

   Claims that we infringe upon third parties' intellectual property rights
could be costly to defend or settle.

   Litigation regarding intellectual property rights is common in the internet
and software industries. We expect that internet technologies and software
products and services may be increasingly subject to third-party infringement
claims as the number of competitors in our industry segment grows and the
functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. We may from
time to time encounter disputes over rights and obligations concerning
intellectual property. Although we believe that our intellectual property
rights are sufficient to allow us to market our software without incurring
liability to third parties, third parties may bring claims of infringement
against us. Such claims may be with or without merit. Any litigation to defend
against claims of infringement or invalidity could result in substantial costs
and diversion of resources. Furthermore, a party making such a claim could
secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment
could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us
from selling our software. Although we possess insurance to cover damages and
costs sustained in an intellectual property infringement suit brought against
us, there is no guarantee that our insurance would be enough to cover the full
amount of any loss we might suffer. Our business, operating results and
financial condition could be harmed if any of these events occurred.

   In addition, we have agreed, and may agree in the future, to indemnify
certain of our customers against claims that our software infringes upon the
intellectual property rights of others. We could incur substantial costs in
defending ourselves and our customers against infringement claims. In the
event of a claim of infringement, we and our customers may be required to
obtain one or more licenses from third parties. We, or our customers, may be
unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost,
if at all. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any such required
licenses could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

   If we become subject to product liability claims, they could be time
consuming and costly to defend.

   Since our customers use our software to provide services to their own
customers, errors, defects or other performance problems could result in
financial or other damages to our customers. They could seek damages from us
for losses associated with these errors, defects or other performance
problems. If successful, these claims could have a material adverse effect on
our business, operating results or financial condition. Although we possess
product liability insurance and are in the process of obtaining errors and
omissions insurance, there is no guarantee that our insurance would be enough
to cover the full amount of any loss we might suffer. Although our license
agreements typically contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to
product liability claims, existing or future laws or unfavorable judicial
decisions could negate these limitation of liability provisions. We have not
experienced any product liability claims to date. However, a product liability
claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, could be time consuming and
costly to defend and could harm our reputation.

Risks Relating To Our Industry

   We must successfully respond to evolving developments in the market for
internet-based service and support software or we will lose market share and
our business could fail.

   Our market is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving
industry standards and frequent new product announcements. To be successful,
we must adapt to our rapidly changing market by continually

                                      10
<PAGE>

improving the performance, features and reliability of our software and
related services. We could incur substantial costs to modify our software,
services or infrastructure in order to adapt to these changes. Our business
could be harmed if we incur significant costs without adequate results, or if
we are unable to adapt rapidly to these changes.

   If the new and evolving market for internet-based service and support
software does not continue to develop or potential customers prefer
traditional methods of providing service and support, our business could fail.

   The market for internet-based service and support software is new and
rapidly evolving. We expect that we will continue to need intensive marketing
and sales efforts to educate prospective clients about the uses and benefits
of our products and services. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that a viable
market for our products will emerge or be sustainable. Most enterprises have
already invested substantial resources in traditional methods of providing
service and support and may be reluctant or slow to adopt a new approach that
may replace, limit or compete with their existing systems.

   Because our software is designed to support businesses operating over the
internet, our success depends on the continued growth and levels of
performance of internet usage.

   The market for internet-based service and support software is relatively
new and is evolving rapidly. Our future revenue and any future profits depend
upon the widespread acceptance and use of the internet as an effective medium
for providing service and support. The failure of the internet to continue to
develop as a commercial or business medium could harm our business, operating
results and financial condition. The acceptance and use of the internet for
providing service and support could be limited by a number of factors, such as
the growth and use of the internet in general, the relative ease of conducting
business on the internet, concerns about transaction security and taxation of
transactions on the internet.

   Since our products are primarily designed to support PCs and PC-based
networks, a decline in PC growth rates would negatively impact our revenue
growth rates.

   We expect that the underlying PC unit growth rate and percentage of new PCs
acquired as replacement units will directly impact our software revenue
growth. Additionally, to the extent that companies are able to develop
limited-use computing devices that take the place of PCs or require less
support and service, these devices may create less demand for our software
than traditional PCs. The PC shipment growth rate may continue to decrease,
the replacement rate may continue to decrease and limited-use computing
devices may continue to take the place of traditional PCs, reducing future
software revenue opportunities.

   Because our software uses the internet to support businesses operating over
the internet and utilizes our customers' internal networks, our success
depends on the ability of the internet to support e-commerce transactions on
our customers' internal networks.

   The recent growth in internet traffic has caused frequent periods of
decreased performance. If internet usage continues to grow rapidly, its
infrastructure may not be able to support these demands and its performance
and reliability may decline. If outages or delays on the internet occur
frequently or increase in frequency, end users may become reluctant to rely on
internet based service and support and business-to-business electronic
commerce, or B2B e-commerce, could grow more slowly or decline, which may
reduce the demand for our software and services. The ability of our products
to satisfy our customers' needs is ultimately limited by and dependent upon
the speed and reliability of both the internet and our customers' internal
networks. Consequently, the emergence and growth of the market for our
software depends upon improvements being made to the internet as well as to
our individual customers' networking infrastructures to alleviate overloading
and congestion. If these improvements are not made, the ability of our
customers to utilize our solution will be hindered, and our business,
operating results and financial condition may suffer.

                                      11
<PAGE>

  Increased security risks of online commerce may deter future use of our
software and e-services.

   A fundamental requirement to conduct internet-based e-service, particularly
across internet-based service networks, is the secure transmission of
confidential information over public networks. Advances in computer
capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography, or other
developments may result in a compromise or breach of the security features
contained in our software or the algorithms used by our customers and their
business partners to protect content and e-service transactions across the
internet or proprietary information in our customers' and their business
partners' databases. Anyone who is able to circumvent security measures could
misappropriate proprietary, confidential customer information or cause
interruptions in our customers' operations or those of their business partners
or end users. Our customers and their business partners and end users may be
required to incur significant costs to protect against security breaches or to
alleviate problems caused by breaches, reducing their demand for our software.
Further, a well-publicized compromise of security could deter end users from
using the internet for e-service that involves transmitting confidential
information. The failure of the security features of our software to prevent
security breaches, or well-publicized security breaches affecting the internet
in general, could significantly harm our business, operating results and
financial condition.

   Internet-related laws could limit the market for our software.

   Regulation of the internet is largely unsettled. The adoption of laws or
regulations that increase the costs or administrative burdens of doing
business using the internet could cause companies to seek an alternative means
of transacting business. If the adoption of new internet laws or regulations
causes companies to seek alternative methods for conducting business, the
demand for our software could decrease and our business could be adversely
affected.

Risks Relating To This Offering

   Because certain existing stockholders own a large percentage of our voting
stock, other stockholders' voting power may be limited.

   Following this offering, it is anticipated that our executive officers,
directors and their affiliates will beneficially own or control approximately
44% of our common stock. Together with entities owning 5% or more of our
outstanding shares of common stock, this group controls 27,034,603 shares of
common stock, or approximately 65% of the outstanding shares of our stock. As
a result, if such persons act together, they will have the ability to control
all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election
and removal of directors and the approval of any merger, consolidation or sale
of all or substantially all of our assets. These stockholders may make
decisions that are adverse to your interests. See our discussion under the
caption "Principal Stockholders" for more information about ownership of our
outstanding shares.

   Future sales of our common stock may depress our stock price.

   Approximately 35,371,137 shares of our common stock can be sold in the
public market 180 days after the offering. If substantial amounts of our
common stock were to be sold in the public market following this offering, the
market price of our common stock could fall. In addition, such sales could
create the perception to the public of difficulties or problems with our
software and services. As a result, these sales also might make it more
difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at
a time and price that we deem appropriate. For a more detailed discussion of
shares eligible for sale after the offering, see "Shares Eligible for Future
Sale."

   We have substantial discretion as to how to use the offering proceeds, and
the investment of these proceeds may not yield a favorable return.

   The net proceeds of this offering are not allocated for specific purposes.
Thus, our management has broad discretion over how these proceeds are used and
could spend these proceeds in ways with which our stockholders may not agree.
The proceeds may be invested in ways that do not yield favorable returns.


                                      12
<PAGE>

   Our securities have no prior market, and our stock price may decline after
the offering.

   Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common
stock. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be
sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price has been
determined by negotiations between representatives of the underwriters and us.
The trading market price of our common stock may decline below our initial
public offering price.

   Internet-related stock prices are especially volatile and this volatility
may depress our stock price.

   The stock market, and specifically the stock prices of internet-related
companies, has been very volatile. This volatility is often not related to the
operating performance of the companies. This broad market and industry
volatility may reduce the price of our common stock, without regard to our
operating performance. Due to this volatility, the market price of our common
stock could significantly decrease.

   Fluctuations in our common stock's price may affect our visibility and
credibility in the B2B e-service market. In the event of broad fluctuations in
the market price of our common stock, you may be unable to resell your shares
at or above the offering price.

   Securities class action litigation has often been brought against companies
that experience volatility in the market price of their securities. Litigation
brought against us could result in substantial costs to us in defending
against a lawsuit and management's attention could be diverted from our
business.

   As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution
in the value of the common stock.

   The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially
higher than the book value per share of the outstanding common stock. As a
result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur
immediate dilution of $9.34 per share, assuming that we sell 5,000,000 shares
at an initial offering price of $11.00 per share. An aggregate unrealized gain
of $384,079,378 will be incurred by our current stockholders as a result of
the initial public offering, assuming an initial offering price of $11.00 per
share.

   We have implemented certain anti-takeover provisions that could make it
more difficult for a third party to acquire us.

   Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws, as well as
Delaware law, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us,
even if doing so would be beneficial to our stockholders. See "Description of
Capital Stock -- Anti-takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of
Incorporation, By-laws and Delaware Law."


                                      13
<PAGE>

               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   Some of the statements under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," "Business," and elsewhere in this Prospectus constitute forward-
looking statements. These statements relate to future events or our future
financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and
other factors that may cause our or our industry's actual results, levels of
activity, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any
future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements expressed or
implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among other
things, those listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. In
some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as
"may," "will," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "believes,"
"estimates," "predicts," "potential," or "continue" or the negative of such
terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions.
Actual events or results may differ materially.

   Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking
statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of
activity, performance, or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other
person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of such
statements. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking
statements after the date of this prospectus to conform such statements to
actual results.

                                      14
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

   Our net proceeds from the sale of the 5,000,000 shares of common stock in
this offering are estimated to be $49 million, assuming an initial public
offering price of $11.00 per share, and after deducting estimated offering
expenses of approximately $2.2 million and estimated underwriting discounts
and commissions. The net proceeds of this offering are estimated to be $55.6
million if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full. We
will not receive any portion of the net proceeds received by a selling
stockholder if the over-allotment option is exercised.

   The primary purposes of this offering are to obtain additional equity
capital, create a public market for our common stock and facilitate future
access to public markets. We expect to use the net proceeds for general
corporate purposes, including working capital. A portion of the net proceeds
may also be used for the acquisition of businesses that are complementary to
ours. However, we have no current plans, agreements or commitments and are not
currently engaged in any negotiations with respect to any such transaction.
Pending such uses, we will invest the net proceeds of this offering in
investment grade, interest-bearing securities.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

   We have not paid any cash dividends since our inception and do not intend
to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

                               PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

   Certain holders of shares of our preferred stock have a preemptive right to
purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering at the initial offering
price. This right to purchase shares is limited to 7% of the shares offered.
The stockholders with preemptive rights are purchasing 350,000 of the shares
issued in this offering. Shares purchased by these stockholders under their
preemptive rights reduce the number of shares available to new investors in
this offering.


                                      15
<PAGE>

                                CAPITALIZATION

   The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2000.
The pro forma information reflects, on completion of this offering, the filing
of an amended and restated certificate of incorporation to provide for
authorized capital stock of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000
shares of undesignated preferred stock and the conversion of all shares of
preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2000 into 18,395,581 shares of
common stock. The pro forma as adjusted information reflects the receipt of
the estimated net proceeds from the sale by us of 5,000,000 shares of common
stock in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $11.00 per
share. The outstanding share information excludes 4,797,351 shares of common
stock issuable on exercise of outstanding options as of September 30, 2000
with a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share, 741,372 shares of
common stock reserved for issuance under our stock plan as of September 30,
2000 and 74,984 shares of capital stock issuable on exercise of warrants with
an exercise price of $4.00 per share. This table should be read in conjunction
with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying
notes.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   As of September 30, 2000
                                                --------------------------------
                                                                      Pro Forma
                                                 Actual   Pro Forma  As Adjusted
                                                --------  ---------  -----------
                                                 (in thousands, except share
                                                            data)
                                                         (unaudited)
<S>                                             <C>       <C>        <C>
Long-term debt, net of current portion......... $    617  $    617    $    617
                                                --------  --------    --------
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, net:
 Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 18,648,111
  shares authorized, 18,395,581 issued and
  outstanding, actual; none authorized, issued
  and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as
  adjusted(1)..................................   53,521        --          --
                                                --------  --------    --------
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
 Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, no shares
  authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;
  10,000,000 authorized, none issued and
  outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as
  adjusted.....................................       --        --          --
 Common stock, $0.001 par value, 50,000,000
  shares authorized, 23,419,200 shares issued
  and outstanding, actual; 50,000,000 shares
  authorized, 41,814,781 shares issued and
  outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000 shares
  authorized, 46,814,781 shares issued and
  outstanding, pro forma as adjusted...........       23        42          47
 Additional paid-in capital....................   42,684    96,186     145,146
 Notes receivable from stockholder.............     (137)     (137)       (137)
 Deferred stock compensation...................   (9,262)   (9,262)     (9,262)
 Other comprehensive income....................      (30)      (30)        (30)
 Accumulated deficit...........................  (37,328)  (37,328)    (37,328)
                                                --------  --------    --------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit).......   (4,050)   49,471      98,436
                                                --------  --------    --------
    Total capitalization....................... $ 50,088  $ 50,088    $ 99,053
                                                ========  ========    ========
</TABLE>
--------
(1) The preferred stock is convertible into common stock upon the closing of a
    public offering having a per share price of at least $9.92 and gross
    proceeds of at least $25 million or by the written consent of two-thirds
    of the Series A preferred holders and 75% of each of the Series B, Series
    C and Series D preferred stock holders. At the assumed initial offering
    price and aggregate offering size, the preferred stock will convert into
    common stock at the closing of this offering.


                                      16
<PAGE>

                                   DILUTION

   The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of September
30, 2000, giving effect to the conversion of all shares of preferred stock
outstanding as of September 30, 2000 into common stock on the closing of this
offering was $28.8 million, or approximately $0.69 per share. Pro forma net
tangible book value per share represents the amount of our stockholders'
equity less intangible assets, divided by 41,814,781 shares of common stock
outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of the preferred stock
outstanding as of September 30, 2000 into shares of common stock.

   Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the
difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common
stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of
common stock immediately after completion of this offering. After giving
effect to the sale by us of 5,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering
at an assumed initial offering price of $11.00 per share and after deducting
the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses and the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering,
our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2000, would have
been $77.8 million, or $1.66 per share. This represents an immediate increase
in net tangible book value of $0.97 per share to existing stockholders and an
immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $9.34 per share to purchasers
of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates the per
share dilution:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>     <C>
  Assumed initial public offering price per share..............         $ 11.00
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September
    30, 2000................................................... $  0.69
   Increase per share attributable to new investors............    0.97
                                                                -------
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
   offering....................................................            1.66
                                                                        -------
  Dilution per share to new investors..........................         $  9.34
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>

   The following table sets forth on a pro forma basis as of September 30,
2000, after giving effect to the difference between the number of shares of
common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the
average price paid by existing stockholders and by new investors, before
deduction of estimated discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Shares Purchased  Total Consideration   Average
                               ------------------ --------------------   Price
                                 Number   Percent    Amount    Percent Per Share
                               ---------- ------- ------------ ------- ---------
<S>                            <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>
Existing Stockholders......... 41,814,781   89.3% $ 75,883,213   58.0%  $ 1.81
New Investors.................  5,000,000   10.7  $ 55,000,000   42.0   $11.00
                               ----------  -----  ------------  -----
    Total..................... 46,814,781  100.0% $130,883,213  100.0%
                               ==========  =====  ============  =====
</TABLE>

   Assuming the underwriters' over-allotment is exercised in full, sales by us
and the selling stockholder in this offering will reduce the number of shares
held by existing stockholders to 41,714,871, or 87.9% of the total number of
shares of common stock outstanding after this offering and will increase the
number of shares held by new investors to 5,750,000, or 12.1%.

   As of September 30, 2000, there were options outstanding to purchase a
total of 4,797,351 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price
of $4.30 per share and warrants outstanding to purchase a total of 74,984
shares of capital stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share. To the extent
outstanding options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution
to new investors.

                                      17
<PAGE>

                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

   The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated
statement of operations data for the period from inception (April 25, 1997)
through December 31, 1997 and the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999 and
the selected consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 1998 and 1999,
are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data at
December 31, 1997, are derived from the audited consolidated financial
statements not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance
sheet data as of September 30, 2000 and the selected consolidated statement of
operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 2000 are
derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements which, in
management's opinion, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of our financial
position and results of operations for those periods. The historical results
are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Period from                         Nine Months
                             Inception        Year Ended      Ended September
                          (April 25, 1997)   December 31,           30,
                          through December -----------------  -----------------
                              31, 1997      1998      1999     1999      2000
                          ---------------- -------  --------  -------  --------
                                                                (unaudited)
                                (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                       <C>              <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Consolidated Statement
 of Operations Data:
Revenue:
 License fees...........       $   --      $ 1,380  $  7,031  $ 3,657  $ 12,819
 Services...............           --           37     2,130    1,232     6,542
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
    Total revenue.......           --        1,417     9,161    4,889    19,361
Cost of revenue:
 License fees...........           --           82       244      161       409
 Services...............           --          422     1,966      984     7,219
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
    Total cost of
     revenue............           --          504     2,210    1,145     7,628
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
Gross margin............           --          913     6,951    3,744    11,733
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing....          178        1,947     6,339    4,251    13,844
 Research and
  development...........          471        1,859     3,713    2,609     5,555
 General and
  administrative........          286          732     1,946    1,284     4,210
 Amortization of
  goodwill and
  intangibles...........           --           --        --       --     6,221
 Amortization of
  deferred stock
  compensation(1).......            7            5       743      168     4,444
 Costs associated with
  spin-off..............           --           --     6,683      439        --
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
    Total operating
     expenses...........          942        4,543    19,424    8,751    34,274
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
Loss from operations....         (942)      (3,630)  (12,473)  (5,007)  (22,541)
Interest income, net....          123          312       685      428     1,138
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
Net loss................       $ (819)     $(3,318) $(11,788) $(4,579) $(21,403)
                               ======      =======  ========  =======  ========
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share.........       $(0.44)     $ (0.73) $  (1.20) $ (0.47) $  (1.43)
                               ======      =======  ========  =======  ========
Shares used in computing
 basic and diluted net
 loss per share.........        1,858        4,554     9,842    9,826    14,968
Pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share (unaudited)......                            $  (0.53)          $  (0.65)
                                                    ========           ========
Shares used in computing
 pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share (unaudited)......                              22,268             32,839
</TABLE>

                                      18
<PAGE>

--------
(1)Amortization of deferred stock compensation relates to the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Period from                   Nine Months
                                      Inception      Year Ended       Ended
                                   (April 25, 1997) December 31,  September 30,
                                   through December ------------- -------------
                                       31, 1997      1998   1999  1999   2000
                                   ---------------- ------ ------ -------------
                                                                   (unaudited)
                                                  (in thousands)
<S>                                <C>              <C>    <C>    <C>   <C>
Cost of services revenue..........       $--        $  --  $  166 $  16 $   666
Sales and marketing...............        --           --     181    42   2,112
Research and development..........        --           --      70    36     447
General and administrative........         7            5     326    74   1,219
                                         ---        -----  ------ ----- -------
                                         $ 7        $   5  $  743 $ 168 $ 4,444
                                         ===        =====  ====== ===== =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         As of December 31,          As of
                                       ------------------------  September 30,
                                        1997    1998     1999        2000
                                       ------  -------  -------  -------------
                                                                  (unaudited)
                                                  (in thousands)
<S>                                    <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents............. $3,843  $ 8,589  $ 6,409     $ 5,830
Working capital.......................  3,813   10,143   22,321      28,625
Total assets..........................  4,006   11,683   28,822      68,608
Long-term debt, net of current
 portion..............................     --      298      713         617
Redeemable convertible preferred
 stock, net...........................  4,733   14,750   31,155      53,521
Total stockholders' deficit...........   (764)  (4,190)  (7,847)     (4,050)
</TABLE>


                                       19
<PAGE>

                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
               OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and
results of operations of Motive Communications, Inc. should be read in
conjunction with "Selected Financial Data" and Motive's consolidated financial
statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This
discussion contains forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our
current views with respect to future events and financial performance and are
subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those discussed in
"Risk Factors." Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties
materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results
may vary materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements.

Overview

   We provide e-service software for online customer care. Our software
products provide technology vendors, service providers and large enterprises
with the infrastructure for delivering personalized service over the internet.

   We were incorporated in April 1997. During the period from inception
through December 31, 1997, we were a development-stage company and had no
revenue. Our operating activities during this period related primarily to
developing products, building corporate infrastructure and raising capital. In
July 1998, we released the first version of our software, called the Motive
System. Initially, we licensed the Motive System to enterprises primarily for
pilot programs that involved limited deployments. In 1998, we grew our
organization by hiring personnel in key areas, particularly sales, research
and development and marketing. In January 1999, we shipped version 2.0 of our
software and sold the system as a suite of three products: Motive Duet, Motive
Solo and Motive Studio. We shipped version 3.0 of these products in September
1999 and during 1999 we increased our base of customers to approximately 20.
During the first nine months of 2000, we added approximately 35 new customers.
To complement our product offerings, we accelerated our investment in
professional services in the second half of 1999 and the first half of 2000.

   In January 2000, we acquired Ventix Systems in exchange for a combination
of our preferred and common stock that will represent 6,165,333 shares of our
common stock after the closing of this offering. We acquired Ventix, a
provider of internet-based service solutions for e-business applications, to
accelerate our entry into the e-business market. We accounted for the Ventix
acquisition using the purchase method of accounting and Ventix has been
included in our results of operations from the date of the acquisition. We
recorded approximately $26.6 million in goodwill and intangibles in connection
with the acquisition. Approximately $270,000 of the purchase price was
allocated to in-process research and development and was expensed in the first
quarter of 2000.

   To date, we have derived substantially all of our revenue from the license
of the Motive product suite and related services. We have a tiered pricing
model for our software licenses that typically varies depending on the
software provided and the number of end users serviced. During 1999, we
migrated from a perpetual licensing model to a term-based licensing model,
which we are currently promoting. A customer purchasing a term license has the
right to use the Motive product for a specified period of time, as well as the
right to receive customer support and product updates at no additional charge
during the term of the license. These licenses are generally renewable on an
annual basis. We also continue to license the Motive product suite on a
perpetual basis.

   We believe a term-based licensing model has several advantages over a
perpetual licensing model. Term-based licenses have lower initial price points
than perpetual licenses, which reduces selling issues associated with price.
Also, we expect sales cycles for term licenses to be shorter than those for
perpetual license sales as perpetual license sales are more likely to be
constrained by a customers' capital budgeting process. Typically, pricing for
the first year of a term license is one-third of the cost of purchasing a
perpetual license for an equivalent number of users with an equivalent level
of services. Prices charged for services rendered to term and perpetual
license customers do not differ significantly. Additionally, over time as
customers renew term licenses, we believe our aggregate revenue per customer
will be higher and selling costs lower in a term-based model than in a
perpetual licensing model. Finally, we believe our ability to forecast near-
term quarterly revenue will be improved by using a term-based model.

                                      20
<PAGE>


   License fees revenue includes revenue generated by term and perpetual
licenses. Some of our term licenses are sold for a single fee with
maintenance. In these cases, we do not have vendor specific objective evidence
to determine the fair value of the maintenance component as we do not price or
offer maintenance separately in these term license arrangements. Our license
fees revenue includes the fees attributable to the term license and
maintenance component of these single fee term licenses. Generally, we
recognize term license revenue ratably over the period of the agreement. We
recognize perpetual license fees when persuasive evidence of an agreement
exists, delivery of the product has occurred, no obligations remain, the fee
is fixed and determinable and collectibility is probable. If a perpetual
license agreement includes a right of acceptance or a right to cancel, revenue
is recognized when acceptance is received or the right to cancel has expired.


   Services revenue includes revenue from professional services provided in
connection with our perpetual and term licenses and revenue from maintenance
provided in connection with our perpetual licenses. For professional services
provided in connection with perpetual and term licenses, we provide such
services under both fixed-price and time-and-materials arrangements.
Professional services provided under fixed-price arrangements generally
consist of a package of services such as implementation, integration and
training services. We recognize revenue on packaged services as each service
element within the package is performed. Professional services provided under
time-and-materials arrangements generally consist of blocks of service days
that the customer orders which are utilized at the direction of the customer.
We recognize revenue on time-and-materials arrangements as the services are
performed. We have one arrangement with a customer in which payments are
contingent upon completion of specified service milestones and, accordingly,
we are recognizing revenue in connection with this arrangement as the
specified service milestones are completed. Revenue from maintenance in
connection with our perpetual licenses is recognized ratably over the
maintenance term, generally one year.

   Customer advances and billed amounts due from customers in excess of
revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue.

   Cost of license fees revenue includes third-party software royalties,
product packaging, documentation and production and shipping costs related to
software used by our customers. Cost of services revenue includes salaries and
related expenses for our customer support, consulting and training
organizations, other costs of providing services to customers, third-party
contractor expenses and an allocation of our facilities, communications and
depreciation expenses.

   If we continue to add new customers at increasing rates, we will need to
continue growing our professional services organization. In that case, our
gross margins could be impacted as we incur the costs associated with growing
and training our professional services organization prior to recognizing
revenue on new licenses or services. However, we expect that term license
renewals will have considerably lower professional services costs than new
licenses. As a result, to the extent that term renewals increase as a
percentage of revenue, we expect a corresponding increase in our gross
margins.

   Despite our revenue growth, we have incurred significant losses since
inception and, as of September 30, 2000, had an accumulated deficit of
approximately $37.3 million. We believe our success depends on further
increasing our customer base and on growth in the emerging e-service market.
Accordingly, we intend to continue to invest heavily in sales, marketing,
services and research and development. Further, we expect to continue to incur
substantial operating losses at least through 2001, and our expected increase
in operating expenses will require significant increases in revenue in order
for us to become profitable.

   We had 267 employees as of September 30, 2000 and intend to hire a
significant number of employees in the future. This expansion places
significant demands on our management and operational resources. To manage
this rapid growth and increased demand, we must invest in and implement
scalable operational systems, procedures and controls. We must also be able to
recruit qualified candidates to manage our expanding operations. We expect
future expansion to continue to challenge our ability to hire, train, manage
and retain our employees. Competition is intense for highly qualified
technical, sales and marketing and managerial personnel. If our total revenue
does not increase relative to our operating expenses, our management systems
do not expand to meet increasing demands, we fail to attract, assimilate and
retain qualified personnel or our management otherwise fails to manage our
expansion effectively, there would be a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results.

                                      21
<PAGE>


   In view of the rapidly changing nature of our business and our limited
operating history, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of revenue and
operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon
as indications of future performance. For example, we have recently
transitioned to a term-based licensing model and we cannot be certain that
this model will be successful in generating new licenses or recurring revenues
from renewals. Our prospects must be considered in light of the risks,
expenses and difficulties encountered by companies at an early stage of
development, particularly companies in new and rapidly evolving markets.
Additionally, despite our revenue growth during 1999 and the first nine months
of 2000, we do not believe that historical growth rates are necessarily
sustainable or indicative of future growth.

Results of Operations

   The following table sets forth for the periods indicated our consolidated
statements of operations as a percentage of total revenue. During the period
from inception to December 31, 1997, no revenue was generated as we were in
the development stage; therefore, percentages are not presented for this
period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Year Ended           Nine Months
                                      December 31,      Ended September 30,
                                      ---------------   ---------------------
                                       1998     1999      1999        2000
                                      ------   ------   ---------   ---------
                                                            (unaudited)
     <S>                              <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>
     Revenue:
      License fees..................      97 %     77 %        75 %        66 %
      Services......................       3       23          25          34
                                      ------   ------   ---------   ---------
         Total revenue..............     100      100         100         100
     Cost of revenue:
      License fees..................       6        3           3           2
      Services......................      30       21          20          37
                                      ------   ------   ---------   ---------
         Total cost of revenue......      36       24          23          39
                                      ------   ------   ---------   ---------
     Gross margin...................      64       76          77          61
     Operating expenses:
      Sales and marketing...........     137       69          87          71
      Research and development......     131       41          53          29
      General and administrative....      52       21          26          22
      Amortization of goodwill and
       intangibles..................      --       --          --          32
      Amortization of deferred stock
       compensation.................      --        8           4          23
      Costs associated with spin-
       off..........................      --       73           9          --
                                      ------   ------   ---------   ---------
         Total operating expenses...     320      212         179         177
                                      ------   ------   ---------   ---------
     Loss from operations...........    (256)    (136)       (102)       (116)
     Interest income, net...........      22        7           8           5
                                      ------   ------   ---------   ---------
         Net loss...................    (234)%   (129)%       (94)%      (111)%
                                      ======   ======   =========   =========
</TABLE>

                                      22
<PAGE>


Nine Months Ended September 30, 1999 and 2000

   Revenue

   Total revenue increased by $14.5 million from $4.9 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999 to $19.4 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 2000. This increase is attributable to an increase in our
customer base. License fee and services arrangements entered into with three
customers during the last half of 1999 accounted for 59% of this increase. Two
customers accounted for 57% of our total revenue for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 and three customers accounted for 56% of our total revenue
for the nine months ended September 30, 2000. Each of these customers
individually accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in the
applicable period.

   License Fees. Revenue from license fees increased by approximately $9.1
million from $3.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 to
$12.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2000, representing 75%
and 66% of our total revenue in the applicable period. The increase in license
fees revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2000 was due primarily to
significant license fee arrangements with three customers that were executed
in the last half of 1999.

   Services. Our revenue from services increased by $5.3 million from
$1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 to $6.5 million for
the nine months ended September 30, 2000, representing 25% and 34% of our
total revenue in the applicable period. The increase in services revenue was
attributable to an increase in the number of contracts to perform consulting
and training services and growth in the number and size of existing
maintenance contracts.

   Cost of Revenue

   Cost of License Fees Revenue. Cost of license fees revenue increased by
$248,000 from $161,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 to
$409,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2000, representing 4% and 3%
of our license fees revenue in the applicable period. We expect the cost of
license fees revenue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to license
third-party software in our products. We have expensed all costs as they have
been incurred in the research and development of our software products and
enhancements to existing products, and, as a result, cost of license fees
revenue includes no amortization of capitalized software development costs.

   Cost of Services Revenue. Cost of services revenue increased by $6.2
million from $984,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 to
$7.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2000, representing 80%
and 110% of our services revenue in the applicable period. The increase in
services costs was primarily due to costs incurred in connection with
expanding our professional services organization from 11 professionals in
September 1999 to 60 in September 2000. We expect the cost of services to
increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we continue to
expand our professional services organization and as we invest in hiring and
training those new personnel. Our gross margin on services was negatively
impacted by these up front hiring and training costs and we expect this trend
to continue in the near-term.

   Operating Expenses

   Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of
salaries and related costs of our sales and marketing organizations, sales
commissions, travel and entertainment expenses, costs of our marketing
programs, including public relations and collateral materials, and rent and
facilities costs associated with our regional sales offices. Sales and
marketing expenses increased by $9.5 million from $4.3 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999 to $13.8 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 2000, representing 87% and 71% of our total revenue in the
applicable period. The increase in absolute dollars was due to growth in our
sales and marketing organizations from 34 employees in September 1999 to 92 in
September 2000, an increase in sales commissions as sales increased, an
increase in the number of regional sales offices as well as the addition of
two foreign sales offices during the first quarter of 2000 and an increase of
$919,000 in marketing programs.

                                      23
<PAGE>

   We expect to continue to invest heavily in sales and marketing in order to
grow revenue. Consequently, we expect to continue to increase the absolute
dollar amount of sales and marketing expenses. We also anticipate that sales
and marketing expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue from
period to period as new sales personnel are hired and begin to achieve
productivity.

   Research and Development. Research and development expenses include
expenses associated with the development of new products, enhancements of
existing products and quality assurance activities, and consist primarily of
employee salaries, benefits, consulting costs and the cost of software
development tools. Research and development expenses increased by $3.0 million
from $2.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 to $5.6 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 2000, representing 53% and 29% of our
total revenue in the applicable period. The increase in absolute dollars was
primarily attributable to costs of additional personnel in the research and
development organization as headcount increased from 30 at September 30, 1999
to 69 at September 30, 2000.

   We consider technological feasibility of our products to have been reached
upon completion of a working model that has met certain performance criteria.
The period between achievement of technological feasibility and general
release of a product is typically very short, and development costs incurred
during that period have not been material. Accordingly, all software
development costs have been expensed in the period incurred and we have not
capitalized any software development costs to date. We believe that continued
investment in research and development is critical to attaining our strategic
objectives, and, as a result, we expect research and development expenses to
increase significantly in absolute dollars in future periods.

   General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist
primarily of salaries and occupancy costs for administrative, executive,
business development, recruiting and finance personnel, legal and accounting
services and certain facilities-related expenses. General and administrative
expenses increased by $2.9 million from $1.3 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 to $4.2 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2000, representing 26% and 22% of our total revenue in the applicable period.
The increase in absolute dollars was due to increased personnel in the
administrative, business development, recruiting and finance organizations
necessary to support our expanding operations. Total headcount in these
departments increased from 17 at September 30, 1999 to 46 at September 30,
2000. We believe general and administrative expenses will continue to grow in
absolute dollars as we expect to add personnel to support our expanding
operations. However, we expect that, to the extent we continue to achieve
revenue growth, general and administrative expenses should continue to
decrease as a percentage of our total revenue.

   Amortization of Goodwill and Intangibles. In January 2000, we acquired
Ventix Systems in exchange for 6,165,333 shares of our capital stock. We
accounted for the Ventix acquisition using the purchase method of accounting
and Ventix has been included in our results of operations from the date of the
acquisition. We recorded approximately $26.6 million in goodwill and
intangibles in connection with the acquisition. Approximately $270,000 of the
purchase price was allocated to acquired in-process research and development
and was expensed in the first quarter of 2000. Total amortization expense,
including the write-off of acquired in-process research and development, for
the nine months ended September 30, 2000 was $6.2 million, representing 32% of
our total revenue for the period. We plan to amortize substantially all of the
balance of the goodwill and intangibles over a three year period.

   Amortization of Deferred Stock Compensation. We recorded total deferred
stock compensation of $1.1 million and $11.6 million during the nine months
ended September 30, 1999 and 2000, respectively, in connection with stock
options granted to employees and consultants. These amounts represent the
difference between the exercise price of certain stock option grants or
modifications and the deemed fair value of our common stock at the time of
such grants or modifications. We are amortizing these amounts over the vesting
periods of the applicable options, resulting in amortization expense of
$168,000 and $4.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and
2000, respectively.

                                      24
<PAGE>

   Interest Income, Net

   Interest income, net consists primarily of interest income earned on our
cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments. Interest income, net
increased from $428,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 to
$1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2000. The increase in
interest income, net during this period was primarily due to increased cash
and cash equivalents and short-term investment balances as a result of
additional preferred stock financings.

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999

   Revenue

   We had no revenue during 1997, as we were in the development stage. Total
revenue increased by $7.8 million from $1.4 million in 1998 to $9.2 million in
1999. The increase in 1999 is attributable to an increase in our customer base
resulting in substantial growth in both license fees and services revenue.
Five customers accounted for 74% of our total revenue during 1998 and two
customers accounted for 59% of our total revenue during 1999. Each of these
customers individually accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in the
applicable period.

   License Fees. Revenue from license fees increased by approximately $5.6
million from $1.4 million in 1998 to $7.0 million in 1999, representing 97%
and 77% of our total revenue for 1998 and 1999, respectively. The increase in
license fees in 1999 was due primarily to significant license fee arrangements
with three customers.

   Services. Our revenue from services increased by $2.1 million from $37,000
in 1998 to $2.1 million in 1999, representing 3% and 23% of our total revenue
for 1998 and 1999, respectively. The increase in services revenue was
primarily due to an increase in the number of customers which generally
include or lead to contracts to perform consulting and training services as
well as growth in the number and size of existing maintenance contracts. As a
result, the percentage of revenue attributable to consulting and training
services increased substantially during the period.

   Cost of Revenue

   Cost of License Fees Revenue. We had no cost of license fees revenue in
1997, as we were in the development stage and had no license fees revenue.
Cost of license fees revenue increased by $162,000 from $82,000 in 1998 to
$244,000 in 1999, representing 6% and 3% of license fees revenue, in 1998 and
1999, respectively. We have expensed all costs as they have been incurred in
the research and development of our software products and enhancements to
existing products, and, as a result, cost of license fees revenue includes no
amortization of capitalized software development costs.

   Cost of Services Revenue. Services costs increased from zero in 1997 to
$422,000 in 1998 and by $1.5 million to $2.0 million in 1999, representing
1,141% and 92% of services revenue, in 1998 and 1999, respectively. The
increase in services costs was primarily due to costs incurred in connection
with expanding our professional services organization from eight professionals
in 1998 to 20 in 1999.

   Operating Expenses

   Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $1.7 million
from $178,000 in 1997 to $1.9 million in 1998 and by $4.4 million to $6.3
million in 1999, representing 137% and 69% of total revenue for 1998 and 1999,
respectively. The increase in absolute dollars was due to growth in our sales
and marketing organizations from 2 employees in 1997 to 15 in 1998 and 38 in
1999, an increase in sales commissions as sales increased, an increase in the
number of regional sales offices and an increase of $625,000 in marketing
programs.

   Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased by
$1.4 million from $471,000 in 1997 to $1.9 million in 1998 and by $1.8 million
to $3.7 million in 1999, representing 131% and 41% of total

                                      25
<PAGE>

revenue for 1998 and 1999, respectively. The increase in absolute dollars was
primarily attributable to costs of additional personnel in the research and
development organization as headcount increased from 11 in 1997 to 21 in 1998
and 38 in 1999.

   General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased
by $446,000 from $286,000 in 1997 to $732,000 in 1998 and by $1.2 million to
$1.9 million in 1999, representing 52% and 21% of total revenue for 1998 and
1999, respectively. The increase in absolute dollars for these periods was due
to an increase in personnel in the administrative, recruiting and finance
organizations from four professionals in 1997 to eight in 1998 and 21 in 1999.

   Amortization of Deferred Stock Compensation. We recorded total deferred
stock compensation of $14,000 in 1997, $38,000 in 1998 and $2.8 million in
1999 in connection with stock options granted to employees and consultants.
These amounts represent the difference between the exercise price of certain
stock option grants and the deemed fair value of our common stock at the time
of such grants. We are amortizing these amounts over the vesting periods of
the applicable options, resulting in amortization expense of $7,000 in 1997,
$5,000 in 1998 and $743,000 in 1999.

   Costs Associated with Spin-Off. In October 1999, we contributed certain
assets of an internal initiative to a newly formed company, All.com, Inc., in
exchange for 8,000,000 shares of preferred stock of All.com. All.com provides
live one-on-one technical support over the internet directly to small and
medium businesses whereas our software provides our customers with the
infrastructure for delivery of technical support. The stock was subsequently
distributed to our stockholders and optionholders of record on October 29,
1999. We contributed these assets to All.com because we believed that there
was an independent market, supporting the end user directly, best addressed
through an independent company and that the divestiture of the assets
eliminated potential conflicts with our customers, some of whom also provide
technical support directly to the end user. As we own only nominal shares of
All.com, do not have any control over its affairs and are in a different
market than All.com, we believe there are no real or perceived conflicts of
interest. In addition, by contributing certain assets to All.com, we were able
to focus our efforts on implementing our e-service solutions for technology
vendors, service providers and large enterprises. As a result of this
transaction, including the partial acceleration of options for our employees
who joined All.com, we incurred stock compensation charges of approximately
$6.1 million, transaction charges of $73,000 and other costs associated with
the spin-off of $461,000. These other costs consisted primarily of salary and
direct expenses incurred with respect to the internal initiative prior to
spin-off.

   Interest Income, Net

   Interest income, net increased from $123,000 in 1997 to $312,000 in 1998
and to $685,000 in 1999. The increase in interest income, net during these
periods was primarily due to increased cash and cash equivalents and short-
term investment balances as a result of additional preferred stock financings.

                                      26
<PAGE>

Quarterly Results of Operations

   The following tables set forth our consolidated statement of operations
data for the seven quarters ended September 30, 2000, as well as these data
expressed as a percentage of our total revenue represented by each item. We
believe this information has been prepared on the same basis as the audited
consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and
believe that all necessary adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments) have been included in the amounts stated below and present fairly
the results of such periods when read in conjunction with the audited
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Quarter Ended
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Mar. 31,   June 30,   Sept. 30,  Dec. 31,   Mar. 31,   June 30,   Sept. 30,
                           1999       1999       1999       1999       2000       2000       2000
                         --------   --------   ---------  --------   --------   --------   ---------
                                        (in thousands, except percentages)
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Consolidated Statement
 of Operations Data:
Revenue:
 License fees........... $   656    $ 1,547     $ 1,454   $ 3,374    $ 5,298    $ 3,261     $ 4,260
 Services...............     186        328         718       898      1,322      2,334       2,886
                         -------    -------     -------   -------    -------    -------     -------
    Total revenue.......     842      1,875       2,172     4,272      6,620      5,595       7,146
Cost of revenue:
 License fees...........      36         54          71        83        159        152          98
 Services...............     292        311         381       982      1,666      2,590       2,963
                         -------    -------     -------   -------    -------    -------     -------
    Total cost of
     revenue............     328        365         452     1,065      1,825      2,742       3,061
                         -------    -------     -------   -------    -------    -------     -------
Gross margin............     514      1,510       1,720     3,207      4,795      2,853       4,085
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing....   1,143      1,291       1,817     2,088      3,556      4,976       5,312
 Research and
  development...........     811        836         962     1,104      1,331      1,771       2,453
 General and
  administrative........     345        426         513       662      1,134      1,378       1,698
 Amortization of
  goodwill and
  intangibles...........      --         --          --        --      1,743      2,246       2,232
 Amortization of
  deferred stock
  compensation(1).......      22         19         127       575        928      1,401       2,115
 Costs associated with
  spin-off..............      15        108         316     6,244         --         --          --
                         -------    -------     -------   -------    -------    -------     -------
    Total operating
     expenses...........   2,336      2,680       3,735    10,673      8,692     11,772      13,810
                         -------    -------     -------   -------    -------    -------     -------
Loss from operations....  (1,822)    (1,170)     (2,015)   (7,466)    (3,897)    (8,919)     (9,725)
Interest income, net....      85         86         257       257        258        399         481
                         -------    -------     -------   -------    -------    -------     -------
Net loss................ $(1,737)   $(1,084)    $(1,758)  $(7,209)   $(3,639)   $(8,520)    $(9,244)
                         =======    =======     =======   =======    =======    =======     =======
As a Percentage of
 Revenue:
Revenue:
 License fees...........      78%        83%         67%       79%        80%        58%         60%
 Services...............      22         17          33        21         20         42          40
                         -------    -------     -------   -------    -------    -------     -------
    Total revenue.......     100        100         100       100        100        100         100
Cost of revenue:
 License fees...........       4          3           3         2          3          3           1
 Services...............      35         16          18        23         25         46          42
                         -------    -------     -------   -------    -------    -------     -------
    Total cost of
     revenue............      39         19          21        25         28         49          43
                         -------    -------     -------   -------    -------    -------     -------
Gross margin............      61         81          79        75         72         51          57
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing....     136         69          84        49         54         89          74
 Research and
  development...........      96         44          44        26         20         32          34
 General and
  administrative........      41         23          24        16         17         24          24
 Amortization of
  goodwill and
  intangibles...........      --         --          --        --         26         40          31
 Amortization of
  deferred stock
  compensation..........       2          1           6        13         14         25          30
 Costs associated with
  spin-off..............       2          6          14       146         --         --          --
                         -------    -------     -------   -------    -------    -------     -------
    Total operating
     expenses...........     277        143         172       250        131        210         193
                         -------    -------     -------   -------    -------    -------     -------
Loss from operations....    (216)       (62)        (93)     (175)       (59)      (159)       (136)
Interest income, net....      10          4          12         6          4          7           7
                         -------    -------     -------   -------    -------    -------     -------
Net loss................    (206)%      (58)%       (81)%    (169)%      (55)%     (152)%      (129)%
                         =======    =======     =======   =======    =======    =======     =======
</TABLE>

                                      27
<PAGE>

--------
(1) Amortization of deferred stock compensation relates to the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Quarter Ended
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------
                         Mar. 31, June 30, Sept. 30, Dec. 31, Mar. 31, June 30, Sept. 30,
                           1999     1999     1999      1999     2000     2000     2000
                         -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
                                                  (in thousands)
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Cost of services
 revenue................   $--      $--      $ 16      $150     $223    $  181   $  262
Sales and marketing.....     1        1        40       139      410       995      707
Research and
 development............     2        1        33        34      126       103      218
General and
 administrative.........    19       17        38       252      169       122      928
                           ---      ---      ----      ----     ----    ------   ------
                           $22      $19      $127      $575     $928    $1,401   $2,115
                           ===      ===      ====      ====     ====    ======   ======
</TABLE>

   The increases in our total revenue from the quarter ended March 31, 1999 to
the quarter ended March 31, 2000 were generally attributable to an increase in
our customer base resulting from the growing market acceptance of the Motive
product suite, the release of our version 2.0 product in January 1999 and the
release of our version 3.0 product in September 1999. The increases in our
total revenue in the quarters ended December 31, 1999 and March 31, 2000 and
the decrease in our total revenue in the quarter ended June 30, 2000 were
primarily due to the revenue recognition applicable to two perpetual license
arrangements entered into in 1999. These license arrangements were relatively
large in dollar amount and payments became due and were recognized over a
shorter time period than under term-based license arrangements of similar
size. In particular, under one of the arrangements the last installment, for
$2.5 million, became due and was recognized in the quarter ended March 31,
2000. Excluding the license fees revenue from this particular arrangement, our
quarterly revenues were $1.2 million for the quarter ended September 30, 1999,
$2.5 million for the quarter ended December 31, 1999, and $4.1 million for the
quarter ended March 31, 2000. No license fees revenue was generated from this
arrangement in the quarter ended June 30, 2000. Our results for the quarters
ended June 30, 2000 and September 30, 2000 reflect our transition to a term-
based licensing model with revenue recognized ratably over the term of the
arrangement.

   Our total cost of revenue has increased each quarter in conjunction with
our increases in total revenue and the growth in our professional services
organization. Cost of services revenue increased for the quarters ended
December 31, 1999 through September 30, 2000 primarily due to an increase in
the size of our services organization in order to provide a more comprehensive
e-service solution to our customers in 2000 and to hire and train service
personnel in advance of anticipated growth.

   Our total operating expenses have generally increased in absolute dollars
each quarter due to increased staffing in sales and marketing, research and
development and general and administrative functions. In addition, sales and
marketing expenses have increased due to increases in marketing programs,
sales commissions, and remote sales office expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   Since inception, we have funded our operations and met our capital
expenditure requirements through the private sale of equity securities,
resulting in net proceeds of $42.2 million through September 30, 2000. Cash
used in operating activities was $771,000, $4.2 million and $7.2 million in
1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30,
2000, cash used in operating activities was $3.3 million.

   To date, our investing activities have consisted primarily of capital
expenditures totaling $167,000, $658,000, and $1.7 million in 1997, 1998 and
1999, respectively, and $2.0 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2000 to acquire property and equipment, mainly computer hardware and software,
for our growing employee base. We expect that our capital expenditures will
increase as our employee base grows.

   At September 30, 2000, we had cash and cash equivalents and short-term
investments on hand of $32.2  million and working capital of $28.6 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities in 1997, 1998 and 1999 was
$4.8 million, $10.3 million, and $18.5 million, respectively, and $14.3
million for the nine months ended

                                      28
<PAGE>


September 30, 2000. We have a term loan with Imperial Bank which bears
interest at the bank's prime rate of 9.5% at September 30, 2000. At
September 30, 2000, $1.3 million was outstanding under the term loan and we
had incurred $100,000 in interest expense for the nine months ended September
30, 2000. This loan is secured by substantially all of our assets, excluding
intellectual property. We are currently in compliance with all the related
financial covenants and restrictions.

   We have experienced significant increases in deferred revenue since our
inception. Deferred revenue was $240,000 at December 31, 1998, $2.9 million at
December 31, 1999 and $13.9 million at September 30, 2000. We record deferred
revenue to the extent contractual billings and amounts collected exceed
revenue recognized. Deferred revenue was $2.9 million at December 31, 1999 as
a result of $200,000 of collections from customers and $2.7 million of
billings to customers in excess of revenue recognized. Deferred revenue was
$13.9 million at September 30, 2000 as a result of $7.6 million of collections
from customers and $6.3 million of billings to customers in excess of revenue
recognized.

   In January 2000, we acquired Ventix in exchange for a combination of our
preferred and common stock that will represent 6,165,333 shares of our common
stock after the closing of this offering. We accounted for the Ventix
acquisition using the purchase method of accounting and Ventix has been
included in our results of operations from the date of the acquisition.

   In April 2000, we sold 1,666,667 shares of our common stock at a price of
$6.61 per share to Peregrine Systems. The aggregate proceeds of the private
placement were $11.0 million.

   We believe that the net proceeds of this offering, together with cash on
hand, cash equivalents, short-term investments and commercial credit
facilities will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for at
least the next 12 months. Thereafter, we may require additional funds to
support our working capital requirements or for other purposes and may seek to
raise such additional funds through public or private equity financings or
from other sources. There can be no assurance that additional financing will
be available at all or that, if available, such financing will be obtainable
on terms favorable to us or our stockholders. The sale of additional equity or
convertible debt securities could dilute the per share value of our common
stock. Additionally, we could be forced to engage in debt financing on terms
that could restrict our ability to make capital expenditures or incur
additional indebtedness, which could impede our ability to achieve our
business plan.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   We develop our products in the United States and market them in North
America and Europe. As a result, our future financial results could be
affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak
economic conditions in foreign markets. As all of our sales are currently made
in U.S. dollars, a strengthening of the dollar could make our products less
competitive in foreign markets.

   Through September 30, 2000, we have derived approximately $100,000 of
revenue from our foreign operations and have not engaged in hedging activity.
However, we intend to further expand our European operations and enter the
Asia/Pacific market in 2001. To the extent our foreign operations expenses
increase or to the extent we may begin to denominate foreign sales in local
currencies, we will become subject to foreign currency fluctuations. We do not
currently anticipate using hedging activities to offset these fluctuations.

   Our interest income is sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S.
interest rates, particularly since the majority of our investments are in
short-term instruments. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, we
believe that there is no material risk exposure.

Provision for Income Taxes and Net Operating Losses

   We have incurred operating losses for all periods from inception through
September 30, 2000, and therefore have not recorded a provision for income
taxes. We have recorded a valuation allowance for the full amount of

                                      29
<PAGE>

our net deferred tax assets, which include net operating loss and research and
development credit carryforwards, because of the uncertainty regarding their
realization. Our accounting for deferred taxes under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," involves the
evaluation of a number of factors concerning the realizability of our deferred
tax assets. In concluding that a full valuation allowance was required,
management primarily considered such factors as our history of operating
losses and expected future losses and the nature of our deferred tax assets.
See Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

   As of December 31, 1999, we had net operating loss and research and
development credit carryforwards of approximately $8.2 million and $281,000,
respectively. These carryforwards will expire at various dates, beginning in
2012, if not utilized. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code,
certain substantial changes in our ownership may limit the amount of net
operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that could be utilized annually in
the future to offset taxable income.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

   In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities," as amended by SFAS No. 137, "Deferral of
the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133", which is effective for fiscal
years beginning after June 15, 2000. This statement requires companies to
record derivatives on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities measured at
fair value. Gains or losses resulting from changes in the values of those
derivatives would be accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and
whether it qualifies for hedge accounting. SFAS No. 133 will be effective for
our financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2001. We do not
believe that this statement will have a material impact on our financial
position or results of operations.

   The FASB recently issued Interpretation No. 44, "Accounting for Certain
Transactions Involving Stock Compensation". This interpretation provides
guidance related to the implementation of APB 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued
to Employees". This interpretation is to be applied prospectively to all new
awards, modifications to outstanding awards and changes in employee status on
or after July 1, 2000. For changes made after December 15, 1998 to awards that
affect exercise prices of the awards, we must prospectively account for the
impact of those changes. We do not believe the full adoption of this
interpretation will have a material impact on our financial position or
results of operations.

   In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff released
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements", which provides guidance on the recognition, presentation and
disclosure of revenue in financial statements. We believe our current revenue
recognition policies and practices are materially consistent with this
statement. However, full implementation guidelines for this standard have not
yet been issued. Once available, our current revenue accounting practices may
need to change and such changes could materially adversely affect our future
revenue and earnings.

   In May 2000, the Emerging Issues Task Force released Issue No. 00-2,
"Accounting for Web Site Development Costs" (EITF No. 00-2), which establishes
standards for determining the capitalization or expensing of incurred costs
relating to the development of internet web sites based upon the respective
stage of development. EITF No. 00-2 will be effective for fiscal quarters
beginning after June 30, 2000 (including costs incurred for projects in
process at the beginning of the quarter of adoption). We do not believe that
this issue will have a material impact on our financial position or results of
operations.

                                      30
<PAGE>

                                   BUSINESS

   The following description of our business contains forward-looking
statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ
significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements.
Some of the factors that may cause such results to differ include, but are not
limited to, those discussed in "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Overview

   We provide software for the automated delivery of customer service, or e-
service, over the internet. Our software products provide our customers with
the infrastructure for delivering personalized service over the internet.
Unlike traditional telephone, e-mail or chat-based service models, our
products are used to build individualized "e-service networks" that allow our
customers to deliver superior customer service by interconnecting their
customers, partners, suppliers and employees. By providing superior online
service, our customers improve value delivery, customer retention and sales.
Since our inception in April 1997, we have developed and successfully
implemented our e-service solutions for technology vendors, service providers,
and large enterprises, including corporate information technology, or IT,
departments and companies engaged in business-to-business, or B2B e-commerce.

   Motive-powered e-service networks automatically connect online users to
answers, solutions and experts; enable our customers to provide their online
users with improved self-service and one-to-one assisted service; and allow
our customers' service personnel and experts to collaborate and share
solutions with suppliers and business partners. Unlike traditional approaches,
which require service professionals to gather information about an end user's
question or problem by telephone, e-mail or chat, our e-service software
automates many steps in the process and also enables our customers to provide
highly personalized and scalable service through the most efficient means for
a particular end user's needs. Our software allows our customers to
automatically gather diagnostic data, verify service entitlement, open trouble
tickets in one or more of a customer's call tracking systems, intelligently
route the problem or question to the appropriate service queue, and display
both system- and application-context information to the expert before any end
user interaction has occurred. Our front-end technology provides end users
with online or off line assistance through the use of automated self-service
products or by connecting them to a qualified expert for a web-based dialogue.
These dialogues are appropriate to the product or service they are using, and
can comprise either short, single-action, live transactions or long, multi-
action, multi-party diagnostic or assistance sessions across an e-service
network. Our technology enables business and technical experts to collaborate
on solving problems and answering questions, and to capture automated
solutions and answers for re-use. All together, our software enables end users
to access an extended network of experts and e-service content, all designed
to be highly relevant to the end user and the particular service request. We
complement our products with an experienced professional services group that
provides turn-key solutions for our customers.

   Initially, we targeted technical e-service opportunities with industry
leading technology vendors, service providers and corporate IT departments. We
have established a strong presence in this target market and plan to leverage
our existing relationships to further penetrate this market both domestically
and internationally. We are extending our expertise in e-service to target new
market opportunities, including B2B e-commerce. In particular, we acquired
Ventix in January 2000 to accelerate our entry into the e-service market to
support B2B e-commerce transactions. We have significant strategic customer
relationships with leading hardware providers such as Compaq, Dell, Gateway
and Hewlett-Packard. We estimate that our PC manufacturer customers currently
have installed our software on more than 4.7 million PCs and servers to
provide e-service to their customers. In addition, these PC manufacturers have
acquired licenses to pre-install our software on an estimated tens of millions
of PCs and servers. We typically license our products with multi-year term and
perpetual licenses and have licensed our software to approximately 55
customers across a wide variety of industries, including hardware, software,
financial services, telecommunications, retail, and services outsourcing. In
addition to the major PC manufacturers, our customers include Electronic Data
Systems (EDS), GE Information Services, Intuit, Kmart, LSI Logic, Merrill
Lynch, Norwest, Oracle and Peregrine Systems. We have received recognition as
a market leader, including the following: 50 Companies to Watch in the Year
2000 (digitalsouth); 100 Emerging Companies to Watch in 2000 (Computerworld);
Hot 100 Privately Held Companies (Upside Magazine); Red

                                      31
<PAGE>

Herring 100 (Red Herring); New Economy in the New South-Featured Company (Fast
Company); and 1999-2000 High-Technology Industry Leadership (KPMG).

Industry Background

   Since the inception of the personal computing industry, end users of
technology-based products and services have traditionally had to rely on
telephone-based help desks or call centers for customer services. The
traditional approach to service is limited by:

  . lack of scalability--the ability to service increasing numbers of end
    users is limited by labor constraints including hiring, training, and
    attrition;

  . inefficiency--the traditional process is slow, expensive and ineffective
    due to the limits of telephone, e-mail and chat-based communications; and

  . lack of access to experts--customers are treated the same regardless of
    their relative importance and are often denied access to the most
    knowledgeable experts, whose time is protected by call center personnel.

   Compounding these issues, PCs, servers, operating systems, databases and
application software are dramatically more complex and dynamic than they were
a few years ago. Further, the rush to take advantage of internet-based
commerce and supply chain management has driven the introduction of
sophisticated web applications that require service to make them effective.
B2B e-commerce transactions are complex and can fail to reach completion
because of technical and/or business process difficulties. The knowledge
required to service these products and transactions has increased
significantly and become distributed across an increasingly disparate set of
internal departments and external supply and distribution partners. These new
developments are creating service problems that neither the traditional
customer service model or traditional knowledge management systems can
adequately address.

   End users of technology-based products have also become more difficult to
service. Early adopters, who were primarily concerned with features and less
concerned with service, no longer represent the bulk of users. Today, the
increasing number of less technically sophisticated end users places greater
emphasis on service quality, speed and simplicity. Equally important, the
absolute number of end users requiring service has increased substantially and
in many cases exceeds the capacity of a traditional call center, which is
constrained by professional staff headcount and cost issues.

   The following examples highlight some of the constraints that organizations
are facing due to current service solutions and market dynamics:

  . As PCs become mass-market commodities, computer manufacturers face a
    service-cost crisis as they realize that three or four service calls can
    erode the entire margin on the sale of a $500 computer.

  . Large corporations and trading exchanges are spending millions of dollars
    to embrace e-commerce and reshape their business practices. In the
    process, they are discovering that key customers and suppliers often
    cannot obtain simple and correct answers to questions about web-based
    applications and that critical business transactions are being abandoned,
    interrupted or delayed.

  . PC users have long been frustrated by having to pick up the phone,
    navigate a vendor's voice response system and endure long waits for
    assistance, only to reach a customer service representative who is
    frequently unable to diagnose or fix the problem or who advises the end
    user that the problem needs to be resolved by another vendor.

   As a result of these technology trends and service issues, an increasing
number of organizations across a broad array of industries now face a
significant need to provide internet-based service for end users. This need
spans an ever widening set of core constituencies, including internal back-
office workers, "extended enterprise" knowledge workers, trading, channel or
business partners (particularly in the B2B segment), and customers. Companies
can differentiate their product offerings by their ability to provide
proactive, custom-tailored, real-time internet-based service. E-service can
create a tangible and significant competitive advantage in an environment
marked by increasing commoditization of product and service offerings.

                                      32
<PAGE>

   IDC estimates that the amount that organizations will spend on products and
services related to internet-based technical support will grow from $3 billion
in 1999 to over $14 billion in 2003. We believe the growth in the e-service
market will be driven in large part by increases in the volume of B2B e-
commerce transactions. According to the Gartner Group, the volume of B2B e-
commerce is expected to reach $7 trillion, or 7% of total forecasted global
sales transactions, by 2004. We believe that the competitive dynamics of the
B2B e-commerce market will lead companies to seek internet-based e-service
solutions as a competitive advantage to increase customer loyalty, revenue
opportunities, service capacity and market share.

Motive Solution

   We provide e-service software for online customer care. Our infrastructure
software products enable technology vendors, service providers and large
enterprises, including corporate IT departments and companies engaged in B2B
e-commerce, to provide a full range of personalized service over the internet.
Organizations use our products to develop and deploy branded service networks
that are customized to their products, services and end users. We believe our
products benefit our customers in the following ways:

   Create a Competitive Advantage. By fundamentally changing the traditional
service model, our e-service infrastructure software is designed to help our
customers create a competitive advantage for increasing customer loyalty,
revenue opportunities, service capacity and market share. By reducing customer
frustration and providing faster, more relevant service, our products can
significantly improve the end user's service experience, resulting in
increased satisfaction and greater customer retention.

   Provide Superior Service Through Service Networks. Our product suite
enables our customers to syndicate their e-service and seamlessly link their
suppliers and partners, as well as their service personnel, into a service
network. Through Motive-powered service networks, multiple vendors, suppliers
and partners can aggregate self-service content and can collaborate to handle
service requests to offer a single source of service for the end user. We
believe that this fundamentally new approach to customer service will
dramatically improve the quality, speed and efficiency of providing customer
service.

   Improve End User Productivity. Our proprietary, intelligent assistance
technology allows our customers to relieve their end users of the need to act
as technology experts in the service process. This patent-pending technology
uses a contextual understanding of the end user's computing, application and
network state to provide a wide range of value-added service on demand.
Traditional telephone, e-mail or chat-based solutions rely on the end user to
properly identify the problem and force the end user to navigate through
numerous potential solutions, many of which are irrelevant or ineffective. Our
automated approach leverages technology to automate service procedures,
gathers system data specific to the end user's configuration and contextual
information specific to the end user's application, and guides the end user
and the service expert to the correct solution. As a result, our software
allows end users to focus on their work, rather than waste time
troubleshooting computer, application or network problems.

   Reduce Operating Costs. Because our customers can process and respond to
individual service requests based upon the specific end user's context, our e-
service products allow organizations to satisfy a wider range of service
requests through web-based self-service transactions than other solutions. We
believe that this approach reduces the number of incoming service center calls
and creates opportunities to realize corresponding operational savings. In
addition, our ability to detect user context, direct users to the proper
service expert and provide that expert with contextually relevant information
to help him solve the user's problem reduces average handling times and allows
service experts to handle more service requests.

   Enable Highly Differentiated e-Service Offerings. Our end user experience
is entirely internet-based. Our customers can customize the look of their e-
service implementation, brand the service experience and integrate other
internet-based services to differentiate their offerings. In light of
increasing commoditization of their core businesses, e-service differentiation
helps our customers increase revenues by adding more value to their products
and services.


                                      33
<PAGE>

   Provide an Integrated, Scalable, Secure Service Solution. Our technology
can be deployed rapidly in even the most complex computing environments. Our
infrastructure software is readily integrated with our customers' existing
systems, including their call tracking systems, knowledge management systems,
call distribution systems, security policies, web servers and databases. It is
also highly scalable, permitting e-service networks to link to thousands of
service experts. Our combination of solution content, tools and professional
services provides our customers with a turnkey solution that can offer
immediate business benefits.

Growth Strategy

   Our growth strategy focuses on building leading and defensible positions in
strategic segments of the online customer care market. To achieve this goal,
we are pursuing the following strategies:

   Continue to Expand Our e-Service Solutions. We are focused on being a
single-source provider for all of our customers' e-service needs by combining
superior infrastructure technology, a world-class library of solution content
and exceptional professional services. We plan to continue aggressively
developing superior products and to invest in product capabilities that
provide for integration with technologies that are important to our target
customers. To complement our product offerings, we will seek to partner with
leading technology companies and pursue selective acquisition opportunities to
further expand our broad technology base.

   Capitalize on New Market Opportunities. To date, we have achieved
significant success in the technical service segment of the online customer
care market by focusing on the needs of technology vendors, service providers
and corporate IT departments. As electronic B2B transactions grow, we believe
that there will be a corresponding increase in the need for e-service to
support those transactions. For example, we believe there is a significant
market opportunity to provide online service to recently formed trading
exchanges, as an increasing number of trading partners join the exchanges and
transaction volume grows. In addition, we intend to focus on new market
opportunities for service networks that will form around emerging
technologies, such as Linux and internet appliances.

   Leverage Strategic Relationships. We have established relationships with
industry leading technology companies including Compaq, Dell, Hewlett-Packard,
Peregrine Systems and Vignette. These relationships provide us with sales
leverage through cooperative selling, marketing and distribution arrangements
to create e-service networks with their customers and suppliers. Several of
these companies plan to resell MotiveNet server to expand e-service networks
in their corporate accounts. We also have relationships with our service
provider customers that enable us to participate in the broader market. For
example, PCsupport.com and All.com provide technical services to consumers and
small business. We are actively working to develop additional relationships
that can strategically leverage our efforts in existing and new market
segments such as B2B.

   Generate Recurring, Transactional Revenue. We license our products on a
recurring, term-based model which we believe will allow us to generate
recurring and predictable revenues based on the extent of use of our e-service
technology. At the end of the term, the license is either renewed and a new
license fee paid, or the license is terminated. We believe that customers will
widely deploy our e-service solutions and increase their use of our
technology, and that renewal rates will be high. We also believe that over the
long term this term-based business model has the ability to generate
accelerated market penetration and higher overall revenue and profitability
than models that emphasize perpetual license arrangements.

   Expand Foreign Operations. We believe we can accelerate our expansion into
key international markets by taking advantage of our relationships with our
existing technology customers. During the first quarter of 2000, we opened
sales offices in Switzerland and the United Kingdom, and we expect to have a
presence in Germany and in France by the end of the year. Additionally, we
intend to enter the Asia/Pacific market during 2001. Through September 30,
2000, we have derived approximately $100,000 of revenue from our foreign
operations.

Products

   The Motive product suite provides a comprehensive and integrated solution
to the problem of automating and managing complex, distributed service
networks over the internet. Using several patent-pending proprietary
technologies, our integrated product suite is an enterprise-class e-service
platform that provides web-based self-service and assisted-service with
powerful automation capabilities. Internet-based tools allow business experts

                                      34
<PAGE>

and technical experts to analyze service incidents, interact with end users,
and create automated service solutions. The Motive product suite is comprised
of the following e-service products:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Product                                     Features                                        Key Benefits
  (Date First Shipped)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                    <C>                                                 <C>
  Motive Duet            Provide e-service platform to host e-service        Secure, scalable e-service infrastructure.
  (July 1998)            applications.                                       End user does not need to manually provide
                                                                             diagnostic or context information.

                         Automatically gathers context and diagnostic        Preserves customer's investment in
                         data and intelligently routes incidents.            legacy systems.

                         Integrates with existing computing environment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Motive Solo            Provides automated, self service for servers,       Quick, simple resolution of problems
  (January 1999)         desktops and laptops over the internet.             via self-service.

                         Browser-based end user experience automatically     Lowers costs by reducing number of
                         guides end user to probable solutions and makes     requests for assisted service.
                         repairs.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Motive Studio          Tools to download, create, and customize            Allows customers to customize the look
  (January 1999)         e-service solutions.                                of their e-service, brand the service
                                                                             experience and integrate other internet-
                         Tools to define different service levels for users. based services to differentiate their
                                                                             offerings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Motive AnswerWeb       Provides application usage and business             End user can get answers without
  (December 1999)        process self service and assisted service.          abandoning e-business transactions.

                         End user and application context are used to        Lowers service costs by eliminating calls
                         provide highly relevant service within the          and reducing handling times.
                         application.

                         Can be configured as a general                      Easily handles simple requests.
                         question-and-answer service.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  MotiveNet Server       Allows Motive technical service providers to        Improves resolutions and lowers cost
  (April 2000)           expand e-service networks within their              by expanding e-service to experts in the
                         corporate accounts.                                 corporate account.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Motive Chorus          Contextual information is used to present the       Fewer abandoned user requests.
  (October 2000)         user with personalized solutions and
                         experts relevant to the user's task or problem.
                                                                             Reduced call volumes due to higher
                                                                             self service resolutions.
                         Single source for end user to                       Greater user satisfaction and retention.
                         request any type of service, including
                         technical support, application support              Easy for users to request any type of service.
                         and general questions.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Motive Insight         Allows service experts both inside and outside      Faster resolution time.
  (October 2000)         of the customer to view incident context, to
                         search for solutions and to deliver solutions
                         to the user.
                                                                             Improved first call resolution and lower
                                                                             incident handling time.
                         Enables news-group like collaboration between       Elimination of clumsy user handoffs
                         experts including full access to diagnostic and     and escalations.
                         contextual information.
                                                                             Sharing of knowledge across
                                                                             organizational boundaries.
</TABLE>

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   We bundle these products, together with specific content and product
integration modules, into packaged solutions targeted at specific vertical
industries. We currently offer solutions packages for technology vendors,
service providers, and large enterprises, including corporate IT departments
and companies engaged in B2B e-commerce.

                                      35
<PAGE>

   We allow our customers to link across the internet to their customers and
their business partners and provide collaborative e-service to the end user.
To establish these service networks, we encourage our customers to resell our
delivery technology, such as MotiveNet Server, to their end user customers.
For example, a computer manufacturer may resell MotiveNet Server to one of its
corporate accounts to improve customer service to that account. We will also
encourage our customers to license our fulfillment technology to their
partners and suppliers, allowing for collaborative e-service among vendors.
For example, the same computer manufacturer could license our technology to a
software vendor to allow collaborative e-service of both the hardware and the
vendor's software. As our customers resell our products to extend e-service to
their customers, suppliers, and partners, we expect to benefit by receiving
additional revenue and by gaining opportunities to sell additional and
upgraded products.

Technology and Architecture

   To fully address the e-service market opportunity, we have developed a
comprehensive distributed system architecture that can meet a broad range of
e-service requirements for systems and applications. This architecture enables
us to provide a dramatically improved end user service experience over
traditional approaches. It also provides the security, scalability, and
flexibility required of an enterprise class, business critical system. Our e-
service architecture is broadly organized into the following components that
are implemented by the Motive product suite:

                                   [Graphic]

[Description of graphic: This graphic depicts "Motive e-Service Architecture".
The graphic is a flow diagram. On the left hand side is a box titled "End
Users" with graphics depicting three computer users labeled from top to
bottom, "Mobile", "Desktop", and "Server Administrator", respectively. The
"End Users" box is connected by arrows to a box to the upper right titled
"Delivery Applications". The "Delivery Applications" box has three shaded sub-
boxes within titled from top to bottom, "Service Request (Chorus)", "Technical
Service (Solo and MotiveNet Server)", and "Business Application Service
(AnswerWeb)", respectively. The "End Users" box is also connected by arrows to
a box at the right titled "Fulfillment Applications", and to a box at the
bottom titled "e-Service Platform (Duet)". The "Fulfillment Applications" box
has three shaded sub-boxes within titled from top to bottom, "Collaboration
(Insight)", "Service Tools (Insight)", and "Content (Studio)", respectively.
The "Fulfillment Applications" box is connected by arrows to a box at the
right titled "e-Service Network", and to the box at the bottom titled "e-
Service Platform (Duet)". The box titled "e-Service Network", which runs along
the right hand side of the whole graphic, has graphics depicting three
computer users labeled from top to bottom, "Business Expert", "Technical
Expert", and "Content Author", respectively. The box titled "e-Service
Platform (Duet)", at the bottom of the whole graphic, has a list with text
from top to bottom, "Transaction Services, Integration Services, Queuing
Services, Management Services, Data Management Services".]

   Delivery Applications. Our delivery applications manage the end user's e-
service experience, provide content-driven self-service, and allow our
customers to embed service capabilities directly into the products or services
that they deliver to their end users. Motive provides different types of
delivery applications that in combination provide for all types of e-service
requests including technical support, application support, and general service
requests. MotiveNet Server provides expanded capabilities to extend technical
service networks in corporate environments.

   Fulfillment Applications. Fulfillment applications handle all of the
aspects of assisted e-service requests as well as the creation, sharing, and
management of domain or product specific service content. Motive Insight

                                      36
<PAGE>

provides tools for business experts and service professionals to view
information about the end user and the incident, search for solutions, perform
repairs or other service actions, and communicate with the end user. Motive
Insight also provides for secure collaboration between experts, enabling e-
service networks to be extended to include partners, suppliers and other
service providers.

   e-Service Platform. Both delivery and fulfillment applications rely on a
set of common services to communicate with each other, as well as with other
systems involved in the extended service network. The following common
services are provided by Motive Duet:

  .  Transaction Services enable service transactions to be continued over an
     extended period of time even if the end user's connection is terminated
     and the end user dials in from a different location.

  .  Integration Services allow the system to be integrated (1) into customer
     management systems for service entitlement checking; (2) into call
     tracking systems to open, close, and complete trouble tickets; (3) into
     call distribution systems to coordinate work flow; and (4) into other
     customer systems. We currently provide integration adapters for products
     developed by Clarify, Peregrine Systems, Remedy, Siebel, Silknet, Tivoli
     Systems and Vantive.

  .  Queuing Services enable routing algorithms to utilize the information
     gathered by the system to intelligently route incidents based on the
     skill sets in the e-service network, the nature of the incident and the
     privileges of the end user.

  .  Management Services allow the system to be administered, monitored and
     controlled during operation.

  .  Data Management Services provide for persistent storage and querying of
     incident and system information.

   The architecture implemented by the Motive product suite has several
underlying capabilities that are required for robust, scalable e-service
networks. These capabilities include:

  .  Security and Privacy. Our privacy framework provides the end user with
     full control over which information can be accessed by an e-service
     transaction. For example, end users can limit a transaction to read only
     (no repairs or updates) and can restrict access to specific files or
     directories. In addition, end users can request to review e-service
     requests both before they are run and before any information is sent to
     a service provider. Our security framework ensures that all e-service
     requests come from authorized sources and provides encryption of e-
     service data for transport across the internet. Our technology is
     designed to permit e-service requests to pass through corporate
     firewalls without requiring changes that compromise firewall integrity.

  .  Simple, Powerful End User Experience. All e-service end user
     interactions occur via the end user's browser, allowing end users to
     access an e-service portal or use e-service capabilities from their
     browsers or within their e-business application. By using Hypertext
     Markup Language (HTML) as the basis for the end user interface, our
     customers can change the look and feel to deliver a fully branded e-
     service experience. In addition, they can integrate other HTML-based
     services with our software in a seamless manner to provide a unified e-
     service experience to the end user. Architecturally, the system is
     designed to integrate with different interaction technologies, such as
     Microsoft NetMeeting, to allow customers to use the chat, e-mail, and
     Voice-Over IP technologies of their choice.

  .  High Scalability to Support Large e-Service Networks. We combine our
     scalable e-service architecture with the performance, capacity, load
     balancing, and management facilities of industry-standard web servers
     and databases familiar to our customers. The result is an e-service
     server architecture that allows high degrees of scalability and
     redundancy.

  .  Open Architecture to Integrate with Existing Systems. Our architecture
     provides a set of interfaces that permit access to events, functions,
     and data within the e-service system. This general-purpose interface
     allows integration with all types of systems as well as opportunities to
     customize e-service functionality. Our architecture makes heavy use of
     Java and XML-based technologies for its Integration Services.

                                      37
<PAGE>

  .  "Submit and Go" Support Model. In addition to providing the ability for
     the end user to get immediate assisted e-service, our architecture
     enables an entirely new service interaction model. End users may
     "submit" an incident and then "go" about other tasks. This even includes
     taking a laptop on a trip and later connecting to the internet via a
     different internet service provider. The "submit and go" model fits a
     large class of service requests that do not require an immediate
     response in much the same way that e-mail fits a large class of
     communications which do not require an immediate response.

  .  Different Content Frameworks to Solve the Full Set of e-Service
     Requirements. We designed our system to have a flexible, JavaScript-
     based core technology for expressing content. We have constructed
     content frameworks such as service guides that use system and
     application information to provide the end user with a small, targeted
     set of possible solutions, all of which are relevant to the context in
     which they are working. We also provide profilers that can restore
     subsystems and applications to prior known working states. Lastly, we
     provide service solutions that can make repairs and updates to
     automatically resolve problems.

  .  Broad Range of Computing Platforms. Our browser plug-ins are designed to
     run on Microsoft Windows platforms as well as Solaris, HP/UX, Linux, and
     AIX. The architecture is designed to be extendible to internet appliance
     devices. Our servers currently run on the Microsoft NT operating system.
     Since most of the system is implemented in Java, we believe a port to
     other platforms would be readily supported by our architecture.

Professional Services

   Our professional services organization assists our customers with the rapid
deployment of Motive powered e-service solutions. Our professional services
organization includes professionals who have considerable

e-service expertise with large, high profile e-service deployments. As of
September 30, 2000, we had 60 employees in our professional services
organization. Our consulting services are typically provided on our customers'
premises. Our consultants, all of whom are Motive employees, are located
primarily in Austin, Texas, but also reside in other locations throughout the
United States and Europe.

   As of January 2000, we typically include a well-defined set of services in
the pricing of a software term license. Our service estimates include each of
the tasks required to bring a successful e-service implementation up to full
production. The entire process from initiation to full production is typically
completed within two months by one or two of our consultants. More complex
implementations can take three to four months and may involve additional
consultants. We offer additional services on a time and materials basis.

   The professional services process begins during the sales cycle.
Professional services consultants typically participate in complex sales to
help define the specific projects and scope of engagement. With expectations
and objectives clearly defined, we help our customers define, design,
implement and operate their e-service system. Given our experience in e-
service, we focus our customers on a relatively small set of choices and
requirements that are needed to make the initial implementation successful.

   We currently offer our customers a broad spectrum of services across the
design, implementation and ongoing service stages of an e-service solution
deployment including the following:

  .  e-service network production architecture and design;

  .  portal customization;

  .  content creation and management;

  .  rollout and deployment planning and implementation;

  .  custom integration;

  .  best practices and management;

  .  end user marketing; and

  .  training.

                                      38
<PAGE>

   Our end user marketing service leverages our experience and marketing
materials to help our customers market e-service to their end users. Our goal
is to help our customers educate their end users so that the full benefits of
the deployment are fully realized by the enterprise.

   We have established strategic relationships with several consulting
partners, including Andersen Consulting, CyberPlex, Evergreen Systems,
Perficient, Syntel and SYSTIME. These partners provide us with a network of
expertise, enhanced geographic coverage, the ability to lead large projects,
and the ability to deliver a complete solution. We intend to increase our use
of service partners in the future.

Customers

   We have specifically targeted the leading companies in three customer
segments: technology vendors, service providers and large enterprises. Once we
have successfully deployed our solution, we seek to expand that customer's e-
service network to include its own customers and suppliers. To date, we have
licensed our products to approximately 55 customers in a wide variety of
industries, including hardware, software, financial services,
telecommunications, chemical and petrochemical, information services, media
and entertainment, retail, technical service, and services consulting and
outsourcing.

   The following is a partial list of customers who have purchased product
licenses as of September 30, 2000. We believe this list is representative of
our overall customer base. In addition to product licenses, these customers
typically purchase professional services.

              Large Enterprises                Technology Vendors
              -----------------                ------------------
              Applied Materials                Adelphia
              Baylor Medical Center            AOL/Netscape
              Dayton-Hudson                    Compaq Computer
              Disney                           Dell Computer
              Elf Atochem                      Gateway
              Equistar                         Great Plains Software
              Fannie Mae                       Hewlett-Packard
              Farmers Group                    Intuit
              GE Information Systems           JD Edwards
              Hollister                        Lan Plus
              Kmart                            LSI Logic
              MCI/Worldcom                     Microsoft
              Merrill Lynch                    Oracle
              Molex                            PeopleSoft
              Norwest                          Peregrine Systems
              Olin
              Sprint                           Service Providers
              Toro                             -----------------
              UPS                              All.com
              Visa                             CSC
              West Publishing                  EDS
                                               ESM Second Wave
                                               PCsupport.com
                                               Rivus Internet Group
                                               SAIC

   In 1998, PeopleSoft accounted for 23% of our total revenue, Dell Computer
accounted for 16% of our total revenue, Merrill Lynch accounted for 12% of our
total revenue, SAIC accounted for 12% of our total revenue, and AOL/Netscape
accounted for 11% of our total revenue. In 1999, Dell Computer accounted for
47% of our total revenue and Gateway accounted for 12% of our total revenue.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2000, Compaq Computer accounted for
21% of our total revenue, Dell Computer accounted for 16% of our total
revenue, and Gateway accounted for 19% of our total revenue.

                                      39
<PAGE>


Strategic Relationships

   A key element of our sales and marketing strategy is to establish and
maintain strategic alliances that assist us in selling, marketing, deploying,
and developing complete customer solutions.

   Product Partners. Our product partners assist us in delivering a more
complete solution to our customers, one that is integrated into their existing
technology base and future direction. The partner companies have demonstrated
leadership and have driven innovative software and hardware solutions to
market. Complementary products, robust integration capabilities and a
commitment to the development of e-service networks are key to the success of
these alliances. We exchange marketing and sales information, sales leads, and
technology integration practices with our technology partners to more
effectively serve our common customers. Currently, we have partnerships with a
number of leading technology companies, including Calico, Clarify, Compaq,
Courion, Hewlett-Packard, KnowledgeView, Microsoft, PC-Doctor, Peregrine
Systems, Remedy, ServiceWare, Shaman Corporation, Tivoli, Tradeum, Trilogy,
Vignette and webMethods.

   Delivery Partners. Our delivery partners help extend the reach of Motive-
powered e-service networks by delivering MotiveNet Server solutions to their
corporate customers, by delivering e-service through portal-based offerings
and by hosting Motive technology as an application service provider. Delivery
partners include All.com, Compaq, Dell, EDS, Hewlett-Packard, PCsupport.com,
Peregrine, SAIC and ESM Second Wave.

   Consulting Partners. Our consulting partners assist us in implementing and
deploying our solutions at customer sites. These partners include firms that
offer services that encompass strategy, design, architecture, development,
integration and administration. Consulting partners implement and deploy our
products and often assist us with sales lead generation. Our consulting
partners include: Andersen Consulting, CyberPlex, Evergreen, Perficient,
Syntel and SYSTIME.

Sales and Marketing

   Our strategy has been to develop a direct sales model and to target
companies that are leaders in their industry and then to expand our presence
within those industries. In addition, we plan to target new segments as we
grow the company. Currently, we focus on technology vendors, service
providers, and large enterprises, including corporate IT departments and
companies engaged in B2B e-commerce.

   We seek to focus our sales efforts on establishing e-service networks.
First, we enable our delivery partners to resell the MotiveNet server product
to their customers to establish deeper e-service networks. We will work with
these customers to provide MotiveNet end users the ability to upgrade to full
e-service solutions. In addition, we will enable our customers to build the
fulfillment side of their e-service network by reselling Motive technology to
their partners, suppliers and service providers. We also expect to gain
leverage from the Motive brand. While we allow our customers to brand their e-
service offerings, all e-service Web pages are served with a "Motive Powered
Service" branding, which enables us to establish significant brand recognition
without substantial additional expense.

   We currently sell our products primarily through our worldwide direct sales
force. As of September 30, 2000, our direct sales force consisted of 62 sales
professionals located in 16 domestic locations, as well as the United Kingdom
and Switzerland. We intend to expand our indirect sales through additional
relationships with systems integrators and with our high technology and
service provider customers.

   We generate leads from a variety of sources, including marketing programs
and inside sales activities. Initial sales activities typically include a
demonstration of our product capabilities, a customer-specific technical and
financial analysis and information regarding deployment capabilities. This
information is delivered either via inside sales specialists or technical
sales specialists.

                                      40
<PAGE>

   As part of our strategic sales process, we typically engage senior
executive management teams, including the chief information officer, chief
financial officer, and chief executive officer of our potential customers. We
utilize sales teams consisting of sales, technical sales and services
professionals who work to create customer-specific proposals that address the
needs of each potential customer.

   We seek to establish sales and marketing partnerships with major industry
vendors that will add value to our products and expand distribution
opportunities. These relationships provide collaborative resources to help
extend the reach of our presence in the marketplace. We intend to continue to
pursue these programs in the future.

   We create and deliver a variety of marketing programs to build market
awareness of Motive, our products and their value to potential customers.
These programs are designed to attract prospective customers to our company
and products. A broad mix of programs are used to accomplish these goals,
including market research, product and strategy updates with industry
analysts, public relations activities, direct mail and relationship marketing
programs, internet marketing, seminars, trade shows, speaking engagements, and
co-operative marketing with customers and partners. Our marketing organization
also produces marketing materials in support of sales to prospective customers
that include internet marketing web sites, programs and materials, brochures,
data sheets, white papers, presentations, demonstrations, and other sales
tools.

Research and Development

   We have made substantial investments in research and development through
both internal development and technology acquisition. The majority of our
research and development activity has been directed towards the expansion of
the Motive product suite. This development consists primarily of adding new
competitive features to established products, as well as the creation of
additional products, content, and tools as we expand into new markets.

   As of September 30, 2000, we had 69 employees in our research and
development organization. Our research and development expenditures for fiscal
1997, 1998, 1999 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2000 were
approximately $471,000, $1.9 million, $3.7 million and $5.6 million,
respectively. We expect that we will continue to commit significant resources
to research and development in the future. All research and development
expenses have been expensed as incurred. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

   Our markets are characterized by rapid technological change, frequent
product introductions and enhancements, evolving industry standards, and
rapidly changing customer requirements. The introduction of products
incorporating new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards
could render existing products obsolete and unmarketable. Our future success
will depend in part on our ability to anticipate changes, enhance our current
products, develop and introduce new products that keep pace with technological
advancements and address the increasingly sophisticated needs of our
customers.

Competition

   The online customer care market is new, rapidly evolving and intensely
competitive. Our current and potential competitors in the market for online
customer care software vary in size and in the scope of the products and
services that they offer or may offer in the future. Many of our current and
potential competitors have greater financial, marketing and infrastructure
resources than do we. As a result, they may be able to respond more quickly to
changes in customer requirements. They may also be able to devote greater
resources than we can to sales and marketing and research and development.
Competition may also result in changes in pricing policies by us or our
competitors which could materially adversely affect our business, prospects,
future quarterly and annual operating results and financial condition. We may
not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

                                      41
<PAGE>

   Companies that individually, or collectively, offer competitive products,
may develop competitive products or may adopt a similar business model to ours
include the following:

  .  B2B internet infrastructure companies that may add e-service
     functionality to their products such as Broadvision and Vignette;

  .  online customer care vendors, including Ask Jeeves, E.piphany, through
     its acquisition of Octane, Kana Communications and Silknet;

  .  providers of technical support utilities and knowledge management tools
     such as McAfee, Primus, ServiceWare, Support.com and Symantec;

  .  large technology suppliers such as Dell, IBM, Intel, Microsoft and
     Oracle;

  .  an emerging class of online support portals, application service
     providers or expert services portals such as MyHelpdesk.com, InfoRocket,
     expertcity.com, or NoWonder!; and

  .  large existing providers of call center automation products and
     solutions.

  We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry are:

  .  product features and functionality;

  .  integration with existing systems;

  .  customizable, internet-centric solution;

  .  availability of professional services to develop and deploy a complete
     solution;

  .  ability to handle large volumes of end users and transactions; and

  .  price.

Intellectual Property and Other Proprietary Rights

   Our success heavily depends on our proprietary technology, the Motive brand
name, and the goodwill associated with it. We rely on a combination of
copyright, trade secret, trademark and patent laws, confidentiality
procedures, contractual provisions and other similar measures to protect our
proprietary information and intellectual property rights. As part of our
confidentiality procedures, we enter into proprietary information and
invention agreements with our employees and non-disclosure agreements with
certain of our consultants, customers, prospective customers and service
providers. We also enter into license agreements with respect to our
technology, documentation and other proprietary information.

   The unauthorized reproduction or other misappropriation of our proprietary
technology could enable third parties to benefit from our technology without
paying us for it. In addition, the steps we have taken to protect our
proprietary rights and intellectual property may not be adequate to deter
misappropriation. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of our
proprietary information or take appropriate steps to enforce our intellectual
property rights. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights,
unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use our
software or technology that we consider proprietary and third parties may
attempt to develop similar technology independently.

   We currently hold a trademark registration in the United States for the
Motive name, our logo and pending applications for marks associated with the
Motive product suite. We also have pending applications for the trademark
registration of the Motive name, our logo and for the marks associated with
the Motive product suite in Canada, the European Union, Norway, Switzerland
and Japan. In addition, we have filed seven patent applications for technology
related to the Motive product suite. It is possible that our patents,
copyrights or registered trademarks could be challenged and invalidated. In
addition, existing patent, copyright and trademark laws afford only limited
protections. Effective protection of intellectual property rights may be
unavailable or limited in certain countries, because the laws of some foreign
countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as do the
laws of the United States. Monitoring unauthorized use of our patents and
trademarks

                                      42
<PAGE>

is difficult and expensive, particularly given the global nature and reach of
the internet. Furthermore, it is possible that our competitors will adopt
product or service names similar to ours, impeding our ability to protect our
intellectual property and possibly leading to customer confusion. Although we
are not aware that our products, patents, trademarks, copyrights or other
proprietary rights infringe the proprietary rights of third parties, any
infringement claims, with or without merit, brought by such third parties
could be time-consuming and expensive to defend.

Government Regulation

   We are not currently subject to direct regulation by any domestic or
foreign governmental agency, other than regulations applicable to businesses
generally, and laws or regulations directly applicable to access to
e-commerce. However, due to the increasing popularity and use of the internet
and other online services, it is possible that a number of laws and
regulations may be adopted with respect to the internet or other online
services covering issues such as user privacy, security considerations,
internet transaction taxation, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution and
characteristics and quality of products and services. Furthermore, the growth
and development of the market for e-commerce may prompt calls for more
stringent consumer protection laws that may impose additional burdens on
companies conducting business online. For example, the Federal Communications
Commission could determine through one of its ongoing proceedings that the
internet is subject to regulation. Among other possible courses of action, the
FCC may determine that internet service providers are subject to certain
access charges or fees for carrying internet traffic over the public switched
telephone network. The adoption of any additional laws or regulations may
decrease the growth of the internet or other online services, which could, in
turn, decrease the demand for our products and services and increase our cost
of doing business, or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

   The European Union has recently adopted a data protection directive
addressing data privacy that may result in limitations on the collection and
use of certain information regarding web users residing in the European Union.
Some European Union member states have not implemented laws with respect to
the directive at this time and the European Union is suing these countries for
failing to implement laws as required under the directive. Moreover, although
the European Union has started to enforce the directive within the European
Union, the European Union has not enforced the directive with respect to the
activities of U.S. companies doing business in the European Union. The U.S.
Department of Commerce has been working with the European Commission to
develop a "safe harbor" that allows U.S. companies to operate in the European
Union and still comply with the directive. This matter has not yet been
resolved and may not be resolved in a manner favorable to our customers or to
us. Widespread adoption of these kinds of restrictions in other countries
could decrease our ability to sell our software in those countries, which
would hamper our ability to expand our operations internationally.

   The Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, has recently issued a report
recommending congressional action to protect consumers' personal information
and build public confidence in e-commerce. This report urges Congress to enact
legislation to ensure a minimum level of privacy protection for online
consumers by establishing basic standards of practice for the collection of
information online. Congress has not yet passed legislation to address the
FTC's concerns and it is not clear when or if such legislation will be passed.
Legislation of this type, if passed, could have an impact on our customers if
they are unable to satisfy the basic standards of practice. Such legislation
may also affect our business if it impacts our ability to design and sell
software that diagnoses computer problems by gathering information from the
end user's system.

Employees

   As of September 30, 2000, we had 267 employees. These included 92 in sales
and marketing, 60 in professional services, 69 in research and development and
46 in administration and finance. Our future success will depend on our
continuing ability to attract, train and retain highly qualified technical
sales and managerial personnel.

                                      43
<PAGE>

Our employees are not represented by a collective bargaining agreement and we
have never experienced a strike or similar work stoppage. We consider our
relations with our employees to be good.

Facilities

   Our principal administrative, sales and marketing and research and
development facility is located in Austin, Texas and consists of approximately
49,600 square feet of office space held under a lease that expires January
2004. In March 2000, we also leased approximately 117,300 square feet of
building space in Austin, Texas for a period of ten years with occupancy to
begin no earlier than November 2000. This new space is intended to replace our
current Austin headquarters. We also maintain offices for sales and support
personnel in Redwood City, California; Falls Church, Virginia; New York, New
York; Cockeysville, Maryland; Cohasset, Massachusetts; Downers Grove,
Illinois; Minnetonka, Minnesota; Dallas, Texas; Ridgewood, New Jersey; San
Ramon, California; Denver, Colorado; and Richmond, United Kingdom.

Legal Proceedings

   We are not a party to any material legal proceedings.

                                      44
<PAGE>

                                  MANAGEMENT

Officers and Directors

   The executive officers and directors of Motive Communications, Inc., their
ages and their positions as of September 30, 2000, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                    Age                                  Position
----                    ---                                  --------
<S>                     <C> <C>
Scott L. Harmon         41  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
R. Logan Wray           41  Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Business Operations
Patrick D. Motola       46  Vice President of Business Development
Douglas F. McNary       41  Vice President of Sales
Michael J. Maples, Jr.  32  Vice President of Online Customer Care
Anna E. Clepper         38  Vice President of Marketing
John R. Greenfield      36  Vice President of Services
David M. Malcolm        39  Vice President of Engineering
Ross B. Garber          33  Director
Eric L. Jones           65  Director
Michael J. Maples, Sr.  57  Director
David Sikora            38  Director
John D. Thornton        35  Director
</TABLE>

   Scott L. Harmon, a co-founder of Motive, has served as President since our
inception in April 1997. Mr. Harmon was appointed Chief Executive Officer in
June 1997. From November 1996 to May 1997, Mr. Harmon was a Venture Partner of
Austin Ventures, a venture capital firm. From March 1992 to November 1996
Mr. Harmon was employed by Tivoli Systems Inc., a systems management software
company, where he held several marketing positions including Vice President of
Marketing Programs and Director of Product Marketing. Mr. Harmon holds a
Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Science from Iowa State University.

   R. Logan Wray joined Motive in August 2000 as Chief Financial Officer and
Executive Vice President of Business Operations. From May 1997 to April 2000,
Mr. Wray served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
Sterling Software, Inc., a systems management software and services company.
From September 1981 until April of 1997, Mr. Wray held various positions with
Ernst & Young LLP, most recently as a partner in the technology group focused
on software. Mr. Wray holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Commerce from the
University of Virginia. Mr. Wray is also a Certified Public Accountant.

   Patrick D. Motola joined Motive in May 1998 as Vice President of Product
Development. In March 1999, Mr. Motola assumed his present position as Vice
President of Business Development. From March 1999 to August 2000, Mr. Motola
also served as Chief Financial Officer. From October 1996 to May 1998, he
served as Senior Vice President of Operations and Chief Financial Officer for
PSW Technologies, a publicly traded software services company. From May 1993
to September 1996, Mr. Motola served as Vice President and General Manager at
PSW Technologies. From January 1992 until May 1993, Mr. Motola was Vice
President of Marketing for Software Publishing Corporation, a publicly traded
PC software company. Mr. Motola holds a Masters Degree in Management Science
from Stanford University, a Masters Degree in Computer Science from the
University of Texas at Austin, and a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical
Engineering and Computer Science from the University of California at
Berkeley.

   Douglas F. McNary joined Motive in May 1998 as Vice President of Sales.
From January 1997 to April of 1998, he served as Vice President of Sales of
Trellix Corporation, a web authoring tool software company. From August 1991
to January 1997, he was employed by Tivoli Systems where he held several sales
management positions including Vice President of Sales and Director of
European Sales. Mr. McNary holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical
Engineering from Worcester Polytechnic Institute.

   Michael J. Maples, Jr., a co-founder of Motive, served as Vice President of
Marketing since our inception in April 1997 until September 2000 and currently
serves as Vice President of Online Customer Care. From July 1994 to April
1997, Mr. Maples, Jr. served as Director of Product Marketing at Tivoli
Systems. Mr. Maples, Jr. holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial
Engineering from Stanford University and a Masters in Business Administration
from Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

                                      45
<PAGE>


   Anna E. Clepper joined Motive in September 2000 as Vice President of
Marketing. From December 1994 until May 2000, Ms. Clepper held various
positions with Sterling Software including Vice President, Channel Sales and
Vice President, Marketing. Ms. Clepper holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in
English Literature from Vanderbilt University and a Master of Professional
Studies in Communication from Cornell University.

   John R. Greenfield joined Motive in October 1999 as Vice President of
Professional Services. From June 1997 to October 1999, he served as Senior
Director of Consulting Services at Oracle Corporation. From April 1991 until
joining Oracle, he served as Director of Consulting at Coopers & Lybrand LLP.
Prior to joining Coopers & Lybrand, he held consulting positions in Andersen
Consulting's Systems Integration business. Mr. Greenfield holds a Bachelor of
Science degree in Accounting from the University of Arkansas.

   David M. Malcolm joined Motive in March 1999 as Vice President of Product
Development. He was employed by Tivoli Systems from July 1992 to March 1999,
where he served most recently as Vice President of the Internet Business
Solutions Division following a number of other management positions in product
development. From 1990 to 1992, he served as Manager of Austin Operations for
Locus Computing Corporation, a software product and consulting firm. Mr.
Malcolm holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Science from the
University of Oklahoma.

   Ross B. Garber has served as director of Motive since September 1999.
Mr. Garber is co-founder of Vignette Corporation, a provider of internet
relationship management software products and services. He served as a
director of Vignette from December 1995 to July 1999 and from December 1995 to
June 1998 he served as Chief Executive Officer and President. From July 1994
to December 1995, Mr. Garber served as Director of Worldwide Channel Sales
with DAZEL Corporation, a client/server software company. Mr. Garber received
a Bachelor of Arts degree in Finance from the University of Massachusetts,
Amherst.

   Eric L. Jones has served as a director of Motive since June 1997. Mr. Jones
is a General Partner of SSM Venture Partners, L.P., a venture capital firm
where he has been employed since May 1994. Mr. Jones served as interim
President and Chief Executive Officer of Tivoli from January 1991 to April
1991 and as a director and chairman of the board of Tivoli from January 1991
until the company was acquired by IBM in March 1996. Prior to joining Tivoli,
Mr. Jones also served as Corporate Vice President and Group President during a
25 year career at Texas Instruments. He currently serves as a director of
Active Power, Inc., a manufacturer of electric power products, and several
privately held companies. Mr. Jones holds a Bachelor of Science degree in
Mechanical Engineering and a Ph.D in Mechanical Engineering from the
University of Texas.

   Michael J. Maples, Sr. has served as a director of Motive since June 1997.
Mr. Maples, Sr. currently manages private investments. From July 1988 to April
1995, Mr. Maples, Sr. held various management positions at Microsoft
Corporation, the most recent of which was Executive Vice President of the
Worldwide Products Group and a member of the office of the president. He also
serves as director of NetIQ Corporation, a provider of software for managing
e-business infrastructures, JD Edwards and Company, an enterprise software
company, Lexmark International, Inc., a laser and inkjet printer company, and
Concero, Inc., a software company. Mr. Maples, Sr. is also a member of the
Board of Visitors of the Engineering School at the University of Oklahoma and
the College of Engineering Foundation Advisory Council at the University of
Texas at Austin. Mr. Maples, Sr. holds a Bachelor of Science degree in
Electrical Engineering from the University of Oklahoma and a Masters in
Business Administration from Oklahoma City University.

   David Sikora has served as a director of Motive since February 2000. In
January 2000, Mr. Sikora co-founded Question.com, Inc., an internet
relationship management software company. From July 1998 to January 2000, he
served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Ventix. From October 1994
to May 1998, Mr. Sikora served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
ForeFront Group, Inc. a computer-based training software company. Mr. Sikora
holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Technology from the University of
Houston and a Masters in Business Administration from Harvard Graduate School
of Business Administration.

   John D. Thornton has served as a director of Motive since March 2000.
Mr. Thornton is a General Partner of Austin Ventures where he has been
employed since 1991. Mr. Thornton has served as a director of Vignette
Corporation since February 1996. Mr. Thornton also serves as a director of
Garden.com, Inc., an e-commerce gardening company and MetaSolv Software, Inc.,
a telecommunications software company, as well as several privately held
companies. He joined Austin Ventures from McKinsey & Co., where he served
clients in the

                                      46
<PAGE>

United States and Europe. He received a Bachelor of Arts degree with honors
from Trinity University and a Masters of Business Administration from the
Stanford Graduate School of Business.

   Following this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three
classes, each of whose members will serve for a staggered three-year term. The
board will consist of two class I directors, Mr. Sikora and Mr. Thornton, two
class II directors, Mr. Maples, Sr. and Mr. Garber and two class III
directors, Mr. Harmon and
Mr. Jones. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will
be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class
whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the class I directors, class II
directors and class III directors expire upon the election and qualification
of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders held during
calendar years 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

Each officer serves at the discretion of the board of directors and holds
office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his resignation
or removal. Other than Mr. Maples, Sr. and Mr. Maples, Jr., who are father and
son, there are no family relationships among any of our directors, executive
officers or key employees.

Board Committees

   The board of directors has an audit committee and a compensation committee.

   Audit Committee. The audit committee makes recommendations to the board of
directors regarding the selection of independent accountants, reviews the
results and scope of audit and other services provided by our independent
accountants and reviews and evaluates the audit and control functions. The
audit committee currently consists of Mr. Garber, Mr. Jones and Mr. Thornton.

   Compensation Committee. The compensation committee reviews and makes
recommendations regarding our stock plans and makes decisions concerning
salaries and incentive compensation for our management. The compensation
committee currently consists of Mr. Maples, Sr. and Mr. Sikora.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

   None of our executive officers serve as a member of the board of directors
or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive
officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation
committee.

Director Compensation

   Except for grants of stock options, our directors generally do not receive
compensation for services provided as a director. We also do not pay
compensation for committee participation or special assignments of the board
of directors.

   Non-employee board members are eligible for option grants under the
automatic option grant program for non-employee board members under our 2000
Equity Incentive Plan. Under our 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, each non-employee
director who first becomes a non-employee board member after the date of this
offering will be granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common
stock on the date such individual joins the board, provided such individual
has not been in our prior employment. This option will become vested as
follows: 25% of the option shares becomes vested upon the completion of 12
months of service and an additional 6.25% of the option shares becomes vested
upon the completion of each quarter of service thereafter. In addition, at
each annual meeting of stockholders, each individual who will continue to be a
director after such annual meeting will receive an additional option to
purchase 5,000 shares of common stock. This option becomes fully vested upon
the completion of 12 months of service from the grant date. Each director who
received an initial option for 25,000 shares under the automatic option grant
program will first be eligible to receive an annual option for 5,000 shares
under the automatic option grant program in the calendar year following the
year in which he or she received the initial option for 25,000 shares. The
exercise price for each option grant will be equal to the fair market value
per share of our common stock on the option grant date. Upon a change in
control of Motive or a termination of the director's service as a result of
death, disability or retirement at or after age 65, the options granted under
this automatic option grant program become fully vested.

                                      47
<PAGE>

   The following option grants have been made to our non-employee board
members: Mr. Sikora received an option for 55,000 shares of our common stock
at an exercise price of $6.61; Mr. Garber received an option for 69,000 shares
of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share; Mr. Jones
received an option for 407,147 shares of our common stock at an exercise price
of $0.06 per share. Mr. Maples, Sr. received an option for 135,716 shares of
our common stock at an exercise price of $0.06 per share.

   Non-employee directors are also eligible to receive options and be issued
shares of common stock under our 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, outside of the
automatic option grant program. Directors who are also our employees are
eligible to receive options and be issued shares of common stock directly
under our 2000 Equity Incentive Plan and are also eligible to participate in
our 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

   We have an oral arrangement with Mr. Jones pursuant to which we pay him
$6,250 each month so long as Mr. Jones provides one to two days per week of
executive management consulting services.

Indemnification

   Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors for
monetary damages arising from a breach of their fiduciary duty as directors,
except to the extent otherwise required by the Delaware General Corporation
Law. Such limitation of liability does not affect the availability of
equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

   Our by-laws provide that we shall indemnify our directors and officers to
the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including any circumstances in
which indemnification is otherwise discretionary under Delaware law. We have
also entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors
containing provisions that may require us, among other things, to indemnify
such officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise by
reason of status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities
arising from willful misconduct of a culpable nature, to advance their
expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they
could be indemnified, and to obtain directors' and officers' insurance if
available on reasonable terms.

   We believe that all of the transactions set forth above were made on terms
no less favorable to us than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third
parties. All future transactions, including loans between us and our officers,
directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates will be approved by a
majority of the board of directors, including a majority of the independent
and disinterested outside directors on the board of directors, and will
continue to be on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from
unaffiliated third parties.

Executive Compensation

   The following table sets forth information with respect to compensation
earned during 1999 by our chief executive officer and our four other highest-
paid executive officers whose total salary and bonus for 1999 exceeded
$100,000:

                          Summary Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Long-Term
                                                                  Compensation
                                                                  ------------
                                                                     Awards
                                                                  ------------
                                                                   Number of
                                           Annual Compensation     Securities
                                        -------------------------  Underlying
Name and Principal Position             Salary ($)   Bonus ($)(1)  Options (#)
---------------------------             ----------   ------------ ------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>
Scott L. Harmon........................  $166,167      $34,934           --
 President, Chief Executive Officer and
  Director
Patrick D. Motola......................   156,250           --           --
 Vice President of Business Development
Douglas F. McNary......................   220,000(2)     1,035      120,000
 Vice President of Sales
Scott R. Abel (3)......................   147,458       21,349           --
 Vice President of Online Services
Michael J. Maples, Jr..................   138,083       21,349           --
 Vice President of Marketing
</TABLE>
-------

                                      48
<PAGE>

(1) Consists of bonuses equal to the value of All.com stock that we
    distributed to each officer, less each officer's investment in our stock.
(2) Mr. McNary's salary also consisted of $80,000 of sales commissions earned
    in 1999. For 1999, Mr. McNary was paid the commissions when we determined
    that he had satisfied his target commission objectives, which were based
    on revenues.
(3) Mr. Abel left us on December 31, 1999 to become chief operating officer of
    All.com.

   The following table sets forth each grant of stock options in 1999 to our
chief executive officer and our four other highest-paid executive officers. No
stock appreciation rights were granted during such period.

   The figures representing percentages of total options granted to employees
in the last fiscal year are based on a total of 3,397,291 option shares
granted to our employees during fiscal year 1999.

   Each of the options listed in the table is immediately exercisable. The
shares purchased under the options may be repurchased by us at the original
exercise price per share if the optionee ceases service with the Company
before vesting in the shares. With respect to Mr. McNary's option for 22,500
shares, the right of repurchase shall lapse with respect to the first 20% of
the shares subject to this option upon his completion of the first 12 months
of service from the vesting commencement date, and an additional 5% of the
shares upon the completion of each three-month period of service thereafter.
With respect to the option for 30,000 shares and the option for 67,500 shares,
the right of repurchase shall lapse with respect to the first 25% of the
shares subject to each option upon the optionee's completion of the first 12
months of service from the vesting commencement date, and an additional 6.25%
of the shares upon the completion of each three-month period of service
thereafter. The option shares will fully vest if we are acquired in a merger
or asset sale, unless our repurchase right with respect to the unvested option
shares is transferred to the acquiring entity. If Mr. McNary remains in
service with us until December 31, 2001, he will become fully vested in all of
his option shares.

   The amounts listed in the following table under the heading "Exercise
price" were valued by our board of directors on the date of grant. In
determining this fair market value, the board of directors took into account
the purchase price paid by the investors for shares of our preferred stock
(taking into account the liquidation preferences and other rights, privileges
and preferences associated with such preferred stock) and an evaluation by the
board of directors of our revenues, operating history and prospects. The
exercise price may be paid in cash, in shares of our common stock valued at
fair market value on the exercise date or through a cashless exercise
procedure involving a same-day sale of the purchased shares. We may also
finance the option exercise by lending the optionee sufficient funds to pay
the exercise price for the purchased shares.

   We calculated the amounts listed in the following table under the heading
"Potential Realizable Value at Assumed Annual Rates of Stock Price
Appreciation for Option Term" based on the ten-year term of the option at the
time of grant. For purposes of these columns, we assumed stock price
appreciation of 5% and 10% over an assumed initial public offering price of
$11.00 per share (the mid-point of the filing range). These rates do not
represent our prediction of our stock price performance.

   On March 1, 2000, we granted Mr. McNary an option for 30,000 shares of our
common stock at an exercise price per share of $3.00.

                                      49
<PAGE>

                       Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Individual Grants
                          ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Potential
                                                                                 Realizable Value at
                                                                                   Assumed Annual
                           Number of                                               Rates of Stock
                          Securities  Percent of Total                           Price Appreciation
                          Underlying  Options Granted                              for Option Term
                            Options   to Employees in  Exercise Price Expiration -------------------
Name                      Granted (#) Fiscal Year (%)    ($/share)       Date     5% ($)   10% ($)
----                      ----------- ---------------- -------------- ---------- -------- ----------
<S>                       <C>         <C>              <C>            <C>        <C>      <C>
Scott L. Harmon.........        --           --                --            --        --         --
Patrick D. Motola.......        --           --                --            --        --         --
Douglas F. McNary.......    22,500          0.7%          $0.4333      01/17/09  $145,902 $  384,702
                            30,000          0.9            0.9333      07/08/09   179,536    497,936
                            67,500          2.0            1.7500      10/28/09   348,829  1,065,229
Scott R. Abel...........        --           --                --            --        --         --
Michael J. Maples, Jr...        --           --                --            --        --         --
</TABLE>

   The following table sets forth for our chief executive officer and our four
other highest-paid executive officers the number and value of securities
underlying unexercised options that are held by such executive officers as of
December 31, 1999. No options or stock appreciation rights were exercised by
such executive officers in 1999, and no stock appreciation rights were
outstanding at the end of that year.

   These stock options are immediately exercisable. We have the right to
repurchase all unvested option shares at the original exercise price if the
optionee's service terminates. The heading "Vested" refers to shares no longer
subject to our right of repurchase; the heading "Unvested" refers to shares
subject to our right of repurchase as of December 31, 1999.

                         Fiscal Year-End Option Values

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Number of Securities
                                Underlying             Value of Unexercised
                          Unexercised Options at       In-the-Money Options
                            Fiscal Year End (#)      at Fiscal Year End ($)(1)
                          -------------------------  ----------------------------
Name                        Vested      Unvested       Vested       Unvested
----                      ----------  -------------  ----------- ----------------
<S>                       <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>
Scott L. Harmon..........         --             --          --                --
Patrick D. Motola........         --             --          --                --
Douglas F. McNary........         --        120,000          --  $      1,164,127
Scott R. Abel............         --             --          --                --
Michael J. Maples, Jr....         --             --          --                --
</TABLE>
--------
(1) Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share (the
    mid-point of the filing range), less the exercise price payable for such
    shares.

Change of Control Arrangements and Employment Agreements

   If we experience a change in control, an option or other award granted
under our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan or 2000 Equity Incentive Plan
will become fully exercisable and fully vested if the option or award is not
assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent or if the surviving
corporation or its parent does not substitute comparable awards for the awards
granted under such plans. In addition, under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan,
if an award recipient is involuntarily terminated within 12 months following a
change in control, then such recipient will receive an additional 12 months of
vesting in his or her award. Under our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan,
if an optionee or a purchaser is involuntarily terminated within 12 months
after we experience a change in control, then all of such optionee's or
purchaser's unvested shares acquired from the initial option granted to each
such person under our 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan will become
vested.

   We do not have written employment agreements with our chief executive
officer or our four other highest-paid executive officers. We have offer
letters with Messrs. Motola and McNary. The offer letter for Mr. Motola was
entered into on April 22, 1998 and provided for an initial annual base salary
of $150,000 ($165,000 as of

                                      50
<PAGE>

December 31, 1999) and an option grant for 814,276 shares of our common stock.
The offer letter for Mr. McNary was entered into on February 13, 1998 and
provided for an initial annual base salary of $110,000 ($140,000 as of
December 31, 1999) and an option grant for 814,275 shares of our common stock.

Employee Stock Plans

   2000 Equity Incentive Plan

   Our 2000 Equity Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors on
April 20, 2000. We will also seek stockholder approval of this plan. We have
reserved 7,500,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2000
Equity Incentive Plan. Any shares not yet issued under our 1997 Stock
Option/Stock Issuance Plan on the date of this offering will also be available
under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan. On January 1 of each year, starting with
the year 2001, the number of shares in the reserve will automatically increase
by 5% of the total number of shares of common stock that are then outstanding
or by 5,000,000 shares, whichever is less. In general, if options or shares
awarded under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan or options awarded under the 1997
Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan are forfeited, then those options or shares
will again become available for awards under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan.
No options have yet been granted under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan.

   Under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, the eligible individuals are:

  . employees,

  . non-employee members of the board of directors and

  . consultants.

   The types of awards that may be made under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan
are:

  . options to purchase shares of common stock,

  . stock appreciation rights,

  . restricted shares and

  . stock units.

   Options may be incentive stock options that qualify for favorable tax
treatment for the optionee under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 or nonstatutory stock options not designed to qualify for such favorable
tax treatment. With limited restrictions, if shares awarded under the 2000
Equity Incentive Plan are forfeited, then those shares will again become
available for new awards under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan.

   The compensation committee of our board of directors administers the 2000
Equity Incentive Plan. Except with respect to the automatic option grant
program for non-employee board members, the committee has the complete
discretion to make all decisions relating to the interpretation and operation
of our 2000 Equity Incentive Plan. The committee has the discretion to
determine which eligible individuals are to receive any award, and to
determine the type, number, vesting requirements and other features and
conditions of each award.

   The exercise price for incentive stock options granted under the 2000
Equity Incentive Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of
our common stock on the option grant date. The exercise price for non-
statutory options granted under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan may not be less
than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the option grant
date.

   The exercise price may be paid by using:

  . cash,

  . outstanding shares of common stock,

  . cashless exercise method with a designated broker,

                                      51
<PAGE>

  . pledge of shares to a broker or

  . promissory note.

   The purchase price for newly issued restricted shares awarded under the
2000 Equity Incentive Plan may be paid by using:

  . cash,

  . promissory note or

  . rendering of past services.

   The committee may reprice options and may modify, extend or assume
outstanding options and stock appreciation rights. The committee may accept
the cancellation of outstanding options or stock appreciation rights in return
for the grant of new options or stock appreciation rights. The new option or
right may have the same or a different number of shares and the same or a
different exercise price.

   The maximum number of option shares that a person may receive in a fiscal
year is 500,000, except that in the first year of employment, the maximum
number of option shares that a person may receive is 3,000,000.

   If we experience a change in control, an option or other award under the
2000 Equity Incentive Plan will become fully exercisable and fully vested if
the option or award is not assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent
or if the surviving corporation or its parent does not substitute comparable
awards for the awards granted under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan. In
addition, if an optionee or award recipient is involuntarily terminated within
12 months following a change in control, then the optionee or award recipient
will receive an additional 12 months of vesting.

   A change in control includes:

  . a merger or consolidation of us after which our then current stockholders
    own less than 50% of the surviving corporation,

  . sale of all or substantially all of our assets,

  . a proxy contest that results in replacement of more than one-half of our
    directors over a 24-month period or

  . an acquisition of 50% or more of our outstanding stock by a person other
    than a person related to us, such as a corporation owned by our
    stockholders.

   If a merger or other reorganization occurs, the agreement of merger or
reorganization may provide that outstanding options and other awards under the
2000 Equity Incentive Plan shall be assumed by the surviving corporation or
its parent, shall be continued by us if we are the surviving corporation,
shall have accelerated vesting and then expire early, or shall be cancelled
for a cash payment.

   Non-employee board members are eligible for option grants under the
automatic option grant program for non-employee board members under our 2000
Equity Incentive Plan. Under our 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, each non-employee
director who first becomes a non-employee board member after the date of this
offering will be granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common
stock on the date such individual joins the board, provided such individual
has not been in our prior employ. This option will become vested as follows:
25% of the option shares becomes vested upon the completion of 12 months of
service and an additional 6.25% of the option shares becomes vested upon the
completion of each quarter of service thereafter. In addition, at each annual
meeting of stockholders, each individual who will continue to be a director
after such annual meeting will receive an additional option to purchase 5,000
shares of common stock. This option becomes fully vested upon the completion
of 12 months of service from the grant date. Each director who received an
initial option for 25,000 shares under the automatic option grant program will
first be eligible to receive an annual option for 5,000 shares under the
automatic option grant program in the calendar year following the year in
which he or

                                      52
<PAGE>

she received the initial option for 25,000 shares. The exercise price for each
option grant will be equal to the fair market value per share of our common
stock on the option grant date. Upon a change in control of us or a
termination of the director's service as a result of death, disability or
retirement at or after age 65, the options granted under this automatic option
grant program become fully vested.

   Our board may amend or terminate the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan at any
time. If our board amends the plan, stockholder approval of the amendment will
be sought only if required by an applicable law. The 2000 Equity Incentive
Plan will continue in effect indefinitely unless the board decides to
terminate the plan earlier.

   2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

   Our board of directors adopted our 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan on
April 20, 2000. We will also seek stockholder approval of this plan. We have
reserved 1,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2000
Employee Stock Purchase Plan. As of January 1 each year, starting in 2001, the
number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2000 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan will be increased automatically by 2% of the total number of shares of
common stock then outstanding or, if less, 1,000,000 shares. Our 2000 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal
Revenue Code.

   Eligible employees may begin participating in the 2000 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan at the start of an offering period. Each offering period lasts
24 months. Two overlapping offering periods will start on February 1 and
August 1 of each calendar year. However, the first offering period will start
on the effective date of this offering and end on January 31, 2003. Purchases
of our common stock will occur on approximately every January 31 and July 31
of each calendar year during an offering period.

   Our 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be administered by the
compensation committee of our board of directors. Each of our employees is
eligible to participate if he or she is employed by us for more than 20 hours
per week and for more than five months per year.

   Our 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits each eligible employee to
purchase common stock through payroll deductions. Each employee's payroll
deductions may not exceed 15% of the employee's cash compensation. The initial
period during which payroll deductions may be contributed will begin on the
effective date of this offering and end on July 31, 2001. Each participant may
purchase up to 750 shares on any purchase date.

   The price of each share of common stock purchased under our 2000 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan will be 85% of the lower of:

  (A) the fair market value per share of common stock on the date immediately
      before the first date of the applicable offering period or

  (B) the fair market value per share of common stock on the purchase date.

   In the case of the first offering period, the price per share under the
plan will be 85% of the lower of:

  (A) the price offered to the public in this offering or

  (B) the fair market value per share of common stock on the purchase date.

   Employees may end their participation in the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan at any time. Participation ends automatically upon termination of
employment with us.

   If we experience a change in control, our 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
will end and shares will be purchased with the payroll deductions accumulated
to date by participating employees, unless this plan is assumed by the
surviving corporation or its parent. Our board of directors may amend or
terminate the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time. If our board
increases the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the
2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, it must seek the approval of our
stockholders.

                                      53
<PAGE>

                          RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with Directors and Officers

   Equity Financings

   Members of our board of directors have purchased the following shares of
our common stock and preferred stock:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Preferred Stock
                                  Common   -------------------------------------
                                   Stock   Series A  Series B Series C Series D
                                 --------- --------- -------- -------- ---------
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>
Scott L. Harmon................. 4,387,676        --      --       --         --
Eric L. Jones (1)...............   407,147 1,668,521 196,184   59,058         --
John D. Thornton (2) (3)
 with Austin Ventures...........        -- 4,588,430 539,507  163,922  1,785,991
Ross B. Garber..................    69,000        --      --       --         --
David Sikora (4)................   437,420        --      --       --         --
Michael J. Maples, Sr...........   135,716        --      --       --         --
</TABLE>
--------
(1) Includes holdings of SSM Venture Partners L.P.
(2) Includes holdings of entities affiliated with Austin Ventures.
(3) Includes 1,785,991 shares of Series D Preferred Stock converted from
    Ventix preferred stock in conjunction with the Ventix acquisition.
(4) Includes 372,420 shares of common stock converted from Ventix common stock
    in conjunction with the Ventix acquisition.

   In connection with their respective purchases of common stock, Mr. Harmon
paid $0.0007 per share in May 1997, Mr. Jones and Mr. Maples, Sr. each paid
$0.06 per share in August 1997 and April 1998, respectively, and Mr. Garber
paid $1.50 per share in October 1999. Mr. Sikora holds 372,420 shares of our
common stock as a result of the conversion of his Ventix common stock in the
Ventix acquisition. Based on the original purchase price of his Ventix common
stock, Mr. Sikora effectively paid $.1611 per share for these 372,420 shares
of our common stock. Mr. Sikora paid $2.00 per share for 10,000 additional
shares of our common stock in February 2000 and $6.61 per share for 55,000
additional shares of our common stock in August 2000. In connection with the
purchase of preferred stock, Mr. Jones and Mr. Thornton paid $0.599 per share
for the Series A Preferred Stock, $3.13 per share for the Series B Preferred
Stock and $6.61 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock. In connection with
the Ventix acquisition, Mr. Thornton received shares of Series D-1 Preferred
Stock valued at $4.627 per share.

   In connection with the purchase by Austin Ventures V, L.P. and SSM Venture
Partners, L.P. of our Series A preferred stock, Austin Ventures and SSM became
entitled to appoint a director to our board of directors. See "Principal
Stockholders."

   Other Transactions

   We loaned Mr. Motola $48,314 in connection with the exercise of his options
to purchase 814,276 shares of common stock. Mr. Motola issued a full recourse
promissory note to us bearing interest at the rate of 5.77% per annum that is
secured by a pledge of the shares acquired and is payable in full by June 12,
2003. Mr. Motola has subsequently retired $43,482 of this loan resulting in a
balance outstanding of $4,832 at September 30, 2000. We also loaned Mr. Motola
$281,940 per his employment arrangement in connection with Mr. Motola's
purchase of Series B preferred stock. Mr. Motola issued a full recourse
promissory note to us bearing interest at the rate of 5.56% per annum that is
secured by a pledge of the shares acquired and is payable in full by July 15,
2003. Mr. Motola has subsequently retired $150,368 of this loan resulting in a
balance of $131,572 at September 30, 2000.

                                      54
<PAGE>

   In October 1999, we contributed certain assets to a newly formed company,
All.com, Inc., in exchange for 8,000,000 shares of All.com preferred stock.
All.com provides technical support services over the internet to small and
medium-sized businesses. We subsequently distributed all of this stock to our
stockholders and optionholders of record as of October 29, 1999, pro rata
based on their fully diluted ownership of our capital stock. Our executive
officers and directors as of that date received their pro rata portion of the
All.com shares in the distribution.

   As a result of our acquisition of Ventix in January 2000, David Sikora,
President and Chief Executive Officer of Ventix, joined our Board of
Directors.

Indemnification and Limitation of Director and Officer Liability

   Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors and
officers for monetary damages arising from a breach of their fiduciary duty as
directors, except to the extent otherwise required by the Delaware General
Corporation Law. This limitation of liability does not affect the availability
of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

   Our by-laws provide that we shall indemnify our directors and officers to
the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We have also entered into
indemnification agreements with our directors and officers containing
provisions that may require us to, among other things:

  .  indemnify our directors and officers against liabilities that may arise
     by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other
     than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of a culpable nature;

  .  advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against
     them as to which they could be indemnified; and

  .  obtain directors' and officers' insurance if available on reasonable
     terms.

   We believe that all of these transactions were made on terms no less
favorable to us than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
All future transactions, including loans, between us and our officers,
directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates will be approved by a
majority of our board of directors, including a majority of the independent
and disinterested outside directors, and will continue to be on terms no less
favorable to us than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

                                      55
<PAGE>

                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

   The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial
ownership of our common stock as of October 13, 2000 by the following
individuals or groups:

  (1) each person or entity who we know own beneficially more than five
      percent (5%) of our common stock;

  (2) each of the Named Officers;

  (3) each of our directors; and

  (4) all directors and executive officers as a group.

   Under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, beneficial
ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to securities and
includes the shares issuable under stock options that are exercisable within
sixty (60) days of October 13, 2000. Shares issuable under stock options are
deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding options
but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. The
number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering includes
5,000,000 shares of common stock being offered for sale by us in this
offering. The percentage of beneficial ownership for the following table is
based upon 41,792,618 shares of common stock outstanding as of October 13,
2000 (after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding
preferred stock to common stock), and 46,792,618 shares of common stock
outstanding after the completion of this offering assuming no exercise of the
underwriters' over-allotment option.

   Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is: c/o
Motive Communications, Inc., 9211 Waterford Centre Boulevard, Suite 100,
Austin, Texas 78758. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to
this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons
named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all
shares of common stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Percent of Shares
                                                               Outstanding
                                       Shares Beneficially --------------------
                                        Owned Before the   Before the After the
 Name and Address of Beneficial Owner       Offering        Offering  Offering
 ------------------------------------  ------------------- ---------- ---------
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>        <C>
5% Stockholders
 Funds Affiliated with Accel
  Partners(1).........................      3,270,910         7.83%      6.99%
  428 University Avenue
  Palo Alto, CA 94301
 Funds Affiliated with Austin
  Ventures(2).........................      7,077,850        16.94      15.13
  114 West Seventh Street
  1300 Norwood Tower
  Austin, TX 78701
 Scott Abel(3)........................      2,679,358         6.41       5.73
  8701 North Mopac Blvd., Suite 165
  Austin, TX 78759

Officers and Directors
 Scott L. Harmon(4)...................      4,387,676        10.50       9.38
 Michael J. Maples, Jr.(5)............      2,681,358         6.42       5.73
 Patrick D. Motola(6).................        856,276         2.05       1.83
 Douglas F. McNary(7).................        992,688         2.37       2.11
 Michael J. Maples, Sr................        135,716            *          *
 Ross B. Garber.......................         69,000            *          *
 John D. Thornton(2)..................      7,077,850        16.94      15.13
 Eric L. Jones(8).....................      2,330,910         5.58       4.98
 David Sikora(9)......................        437,420         1.05          *
 Executive officers and directors as a
  group
  (13 persons)(10)....................     21,084,335        48.59%     43.57%
</TABLE>

                                      56
<PAGE>

--------
*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares
    of common stock

(1)  Includes 340,175 shares held by Accel Internet/Strategic Technology Fund
     L.P., 157,004 shares held by Accel Investors '97 L.P., 134,106 shares
     held by Accel Keiretsu V L.P., 2,567,663 shares held by Accel V L.P. and
     71,962 shares held by Ellmore C. Patterson Partners. Accel V Associates
     L.L.C. is the general partner of Accel V L.P. and has the sole voting and
     investment power over its shares. Accel Internet/Strategic Technology
     Fund Associates L.L.C. is the general partner of Accel Internet/Strategic
     Technology Fund L.P. and has the sole voting and investment power over
     its shares. Accel Keiretsu V Assocites L.L.C. is the general partner of
     Accel Keiretsu V L.P. and has the sole voting and investment power over
     its shares. Arthur C. Patterson, James R. Swartz, James W. Breyer, Luke
     B. Evnin, Eugene D. Hill, J. Peter Wagner, and G. Carter Sednaoui are the
     general partners of Accel Investors '97 L.P. and therefore share the
     voting and investment powers over the shares held by Accel Investors '97
     L.P. Arthur C. Patterson is the sole general partner of Ellmore C.
     Patterson Partners, and therefore has sole voting and investment power
     over its shares.

(2)  Includes 6,341,706 shares held by Austin Ventures V, L.P., 317,503 shares
     held by Austin Ventures V Affiliates Fund, L.P., 417,129 shares held by
     Silverton Partners and 1,512 shares held by Brian Goffman. Mr. Thornton,
     one of our directors, is a general partner of AV Partners V, L.P., which
     is the general partner of Austin Ventures V, L.P. and Austin Ventures V
     Affiliates Fund, L.P. Mr. Thornton disclaims beneficial ownership of the
     shares held by Austin Ventures V, L.P. and Austin Ventures V Affiliates
     Fund, L.P., except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein
     arising from his partnership interest in AV Partners V, L.P.

(3)  Includes 2,679,358 shares held by Miko Ventures, Ltd. Mr. Abel has
     granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 100,000 shares
     to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full,
     after the offering Mr. Abel will beneficially own 2,579,358 shares or
     5.51% of our common stock.
(4)  Includes 4,387,676 shares held by SLH Holdings, Ltd.
(5)  Includes 1,474,746 shares held by MJMJR, Ltd.
(6)  Includes 142,498 shares held by Nancy Elizabeth Motola 1999 Exempt Trust,
     142,498 shares held by Patrick D. Motola 1999 Exempt Trust and 529,280
     shares held by Patrick D. Motola and Nancy Motola, as community property.
(7)  Includes (a) 842,688 shares held by Douglas McNary and (b) options
     immediately exercisable for 150,000 shares.
(8)  Includes 1,923,763 shares held by SSM Ventures Partners, L.P. Mr. Jones,
     one of our directors, is a general partner of SSM Venture Partners L.P.
     Mr. Jones disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by SSM
     Ventures Partners, L.P., except to the extent of his pecuniary interest
     therein.

(9)  Includes 350,079 shares held by EMODL Partnership, Ltd., 7,447 shares
     held by The Elizabeth A. Sikora 1998 Trust, 7,447 shares held by The
     Madeline B. Sikora 1998 Trust and 7,447 shares held by The Olivia P.
     Sikora 1998 Trust.

(10) Includes options immediately exercisable for 1,597,000 shares.

                                      57
<PAGE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

   On the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist
of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, and 10,000,000 shares
of preferred stock, $0.001 par value.

Common Stock

   As of September 30, 2000 and assuming the conversion of all of our
outstanding preferred stock into common stock, there were 41,814,781 shares of
common stock outstanding that were held of record by approximately 306
stockholders. There will be 46,814,781 shares of common stock outstanding
(assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and assuming
no exercise after September 30, 2000, of outstanding options or warrants)
after giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock to the public in
this offering and the conversion of our preferred stock into common stock on
completion of this offering.

   The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters to be voted on by the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be
applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are
entitled to receive ratable dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to
time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for the payment
of dividends. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, the
holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining
after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of
preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive
or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or
sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares
of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common
stock to be issued on completion of this offering will be fully paid and
nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

   On the closing of this offering, 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock will
be authorized and no shares will be outstanding. The board of directors has
the authority to issue the preferred stock in one or more series and to fix
the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including
dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of
redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of
shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without
further vote or action by the stockholders. The board of directors may issue
preferred stock that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing
a change in control of us without further action by the stockholders and may
adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock.
The issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may
adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock, including
the loss of voting control to others. We currently have no plans to issue any
of the preferred stock.

Warrant

   In conjunction with the Ventix acquisition, we assumed a warrant held by
Intel Corporation for the issuance of up to 74,984 shares of Series D-2
preferred stock with an exercise price of $4.00 per share. Intel may exercise
its warrant if we request certain services to be performed by Intel. We have
not assigned a value to this warrant as we do not intend to request the
services that will make the warrant exercisable.

Anti-takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, By-
laws and Delaware Law

   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated By-laws

   Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective on
the closing of this offering provides for the division of our board of
directors into three classes of directors, with each class serving a staggered
three-

                                      58
<PAGE>

year term. Any vacancy on the board of directors, regardless of the reason for
the vacancy, may only be filled by vote of the majority of the directors then
in office. The classification system of electing directors may tend to
discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to
obtain control of us and may maintain the incumbency of the board of
directors, as the classification of the board of directors generally increases
the difficulty of replacing a majority of the directors.

   The amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that,
effective on the closing of this offering, all stockholder actions must be
effected at a duly called meeting and not by action in lieu of a meeting. All
stockholder action must be properly brought before any stockholder meeting,
which according to our restated by-laws means that a stockholder must comply
with provisions requiring that we receive advance notice. Further, provisions
of the restated by-laws and the amended and restated certificate of
incorporation provide that the stockholders may amend the by-laws or certain
provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation only with
the affirmative vote of two-thirds of our capital stock. These provisions of
the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws could
discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change
in control of us. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of
continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and in
the policies formulated by the Board of Directors and to discourage certain
types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change in
control of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an
unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to
discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such
provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender
offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit
fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual
or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of
preventing changes in our management.

   Delaware Takeover Statute

   We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or
DGCL Section 203, which regulates corporate acquisitions. DGCL Section 203
prevents certain Delaware corporations, including those whose securities are
listed on the Nasdaq National Market, from engaging, under certain
circumstances in a "business combination" with any "interested stockholder"
for three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested
stockholder. For purposes of DGCL Section 203, a "business combination"
includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation and the sale of 10% or
more of our assets resulting in a financial benefit to the interested
stockholder. In general, DGCL Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder"
as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding
voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or
controlled by such entity or person. A Delaware corporation may "opt out" of
DGCL Section 203 with an express provision in its original certificate of
incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or
by-laws resulting from amendments approved by the holders of at least a
majority of the corporation's outstanding voting shares. We have not "opted
out" of the provisions of DGCL Section 203. This provision could discourage
anti-takeover attempts not approved by our Board of Directors, including
attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of
common stock by our stockholders.

Registration Rights

   As of September 30, 2000, the holders of approximately 18,395,581 shares of
common stock or rights to acquire such shares will be entitled to rights with
respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. The
holders of registration rights are related to our mandatorily redeemable,
convertible Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D-1, Series D-2 and Series D-
3 preferred stock. Under the terms of the agreement between us and the holders
of such registrable securities, if we propose to register any of our
securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the
account of other security holders exercising registration rights, such holders
are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include shares
of such registrable securities in the registration. Additionally, such holders
of at least two-thirds of the registrable securities are also entitled to
demand registration rights, pursuant to which they may require us on up to two
occasions to file a registration statement under the Securities Act at our
expense with respect to their registrable securities, and we are required to
use all reasonable efforts to effect such registration. Further, holders of
25% or more of the registrable

                                      59
<PAGE>

securities may require us to file three additional registration statements on
Form S-3 at our expense. All of these registration rights terminate after four
(4) years following the consummation of our initial public offering and are
subject to certain conditions and limitations, among them the right of the
underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares included in such
registration and our right not to effect a requested registration within 180
days following the effective date of an offering of our securities pursuant to
Form S-1, including the offering made by this prospectus.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

   The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services, L.L.C., and its telephone number is (214) 965-2235.

                                      60
<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   On completion of this offering, we will have 46,814,781 shares of common
stock outstanding. Of the 5,000,000 shares which will be sold to the public in
this offering, up to 4,650,000 shares will be available for immediate sale in
the public market as of the date of this prospectus. Approximately 41,814,781
additional shares will be available for sale in the public market from time to
time following the expiration of 180-day lockup agreements with
representatives of the underwriters, subject in some cases to vesting
restrictions on shares held by employees and to compliance with the volume and
other limitations of Rule 144. The table below sets forth the approximate
number of shares eligible for future sale after giving effect to the lock-up
and the holding requirements under Rule 144.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Approximate
                      Shares
                     Eligible
 Days after Date of for Future
  this Prospectus      Sale                         Comment
 ------------------ -----------                     -------
 <C>                <C>         <S>
 On Effectiveness..  4,650,000  Freely tradable shares sold in offering
 90 Days...........       None  Shares salable under Rule 144
                                Lock-up released; shares salable under Rule
 180 Days.......... 35,371,137  144, 144(k) or 701
 Thereafter........  6,443,644  Restricted securities held for one year or less
</TABLE>

   In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person, or persons
whose shares are aggregated, who has beneficially owned shares for at least
one year is entitled to sell within any three-month period commencing 90 days
after the date of this prospectus a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of (a) 1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock which will be
approximately 466,263 shares immediately after the offering, or (b) the
average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding such
sale, subject to manner of sale requirements, and depending on the amount
sold, the filing of a Form 144 with respect to such sale. A person or persons
whose shares are aggregated who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of
Motive Communications, Inc. at any time during the 90 days immediately
preceding the sale who has beneficially owned his or her shares for at least
two years is entitled to sell such shares pursuant to Rule 144(k) without
regard to the limitations described above. Persons deemed to be affiliates
must always sell pursuant to Rule 144, even after the applicable holding
periods have been satisfied.

   We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule
144, since this will depend on the market price for our common stock, the
personal circumstances of the sellers and other factors. Prior to this
offering, there has been no public market for the common stock, and there can
be no assurance that a significant public market for the common stock will
develop or be sustained after the offering. Any future sale of substantial
amounts of the common stock in the open market may adversely affect the market
price of the common stock in this offering.

   We, our directors, executive officers and other stockholders, holding an
aggregate of approximately 46,612,132 common shares or rights to acquire the
shares, have agreed pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and other
agreements that we and they will not sell any common stock without the prior
consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated for a period of 180 days from the
date of this prospectus, except that we may, without such consent, grant
options and sell shares pursuant to our stock plans.

   Any of our employees or consultants who purchased shares pursuant to a
written compensatory plan or contract is entitled to rely on the resale
provisions of Rule 701, which permits nonaffiliates to sell their Rule 701
shares without having to comply with the public information, holding period,
volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144 and permits affiliates to
sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply with the Rule 144 holding
period restrictions, in each case commencing 90 days after the date of this
prospectus. As of the date of this prospectus, the holders of options
exercisable into approximately 4,797,351 shares of common stock will be
eligible to sell their shares on the expiration of the 180-day lockup period,
or subject in certain cases to vesting of such options.

                                      61
<PAGE>

   We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities
Act to register shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under
our stock plans within 180 days after the date of this prospectus, thus
permitting the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates in the public market
without restriction under the Securities Act. We intend to register these
shares on Form S-8, along with options that have not been issued under our
stock plans as of the date of this prospectus.

   In addition, after this offering, the holders of approximately 20,062,248
shares of common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to
registration of such shares under the Securities Act. Registration of such
shares under the Securities Act would result in such shares, except for shares
purchased by our affiliates, becoming freely tradable without restriction
under the Securities Act immediately on the effectiveness of such
registration. See "Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights."

                                      62
<PAGE>

                                 UNDERWRITERS

   Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting
agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for
whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Dain
Rauscher Incorporated and Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. are acting as
representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell
to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Number of
   Name                                                                 Shares
   ----                                                                ---------
   <S>                                                                 <C>
   Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated..................................
   Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. .....................................
   Dain Rauscher Incorporated.........................................
   Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. ............................
                                                                       ---------
     Total............................................................ 5,000,000
                                                                       =========
</TABLE>

   The underwriters are offering the shares subject to their acceptance of the
shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides
that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept
delivery of the shares of common stock in this offering are subject to the
approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other
conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the
shares of common stock in this offering, other than those covered by the over-
allotment option described below, if any such shares are taken.

   The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common
stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the
cover page hereof and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a
concession not in excess of $.    a share under the public offering price. Any
underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in
excess of $.    a share to other underwriters or to certain other dealers.
After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price
and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives
of the underwriters.

   Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, Motive and a selling stockholder
have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the
date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 750,000 additional
shares of common stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover
page hereof, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may
exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if
any, made in connection with this offering. To the extent such option is
exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain
conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional
shares of common stock as the number set forth next to such underwriter's name
in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock set
forth next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the
underwriter's over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total price to
the public would be $    , the total underwriters' discounts and commissions
would be $    , the total proceeds to us would be $     and the total proceeds
to the selling stockholder would be $    .

   Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Online Inc., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated, is acting as a selected dealer in connection with the
offering and will distribute shares of common stock over the internet to its
eligible account holders. In addition, Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.
has agreed to allocate a number of shares to fbr.com for sale to its online
brokerage account holders. fbr.com, a division of FBR Investment Services,
Inc., is an affiliate of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.

   At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to          shares of
common stock to be sold in this offering, at the public offering price, to our
directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. The
number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will
be reduced to the extent

                                      63
<PAGE>

such individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares which are
not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on
the same basis as the other shares.

   We, the directors, officers and certain other of our stockholders have each
agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, during the period ending 180 days
after the date of this prospectus, we will not, directly or indirectly:

  . offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
    purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
    right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
    directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities
    convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (whether
    such shares or any such securities are then owned by such person or are
    thereafter acquired directly from us); or

  . enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in
    whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of common
    stock,

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of
common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

   The restrictions described in the previous paragraph do not apply to:

  . the sale to the underwriters of the shares of common stock under the
    underwriting agreement;

  . the issuance of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or
    a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this
    prospectus which is described in the prospectus;

  . transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common
    stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the
    completion of the offering of the shares of common stock; or

  . issuances of shares of common stock or options to purchase shares of
    common stock pursuant to our employee benefit plans as in existence on
    the date of the prospectus and consistent with past practices.

   The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to
discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of
common stock offered by them.

   We have submitted an application to have our common stock approved for
quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "MOTV."

   In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters
may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the
price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares
than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating
a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater
than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the
over allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by
exercising the over allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market.
In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the
underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of
shares compared to the price available under the over allotment option. The
underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over allotment option,
creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked
short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position
is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may
be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after
pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As
an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid
for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the
price of the common stock. The underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling
concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common
stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed
common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of
the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of
the common stock above

                                      64
<PAGE>

independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price
of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these
activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

   We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

   ABS Employees' Venture Fund L.P. beneficially owns 124,989 shares of common
stock of the Company and BT Investment Partners, Inc. beneficially owns 62,495
shares of common stock of the Company. ABS Employees' Venture Fund L.P. and BT
Investment Partners, Inc. are affiliated with Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.,
an underwriter, and effectively paid $750,000 or $4.00 per share for these
shares.

Pricing of the Offering

   Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of
common stock. Consequently, the public offering price for the shares of common
stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of
the underwriters. Among the factors that will be considered in determining the
public offering price are our record of operations, our current financial
position and future prospects, the experience of our management, our sales,
earnings and other financial and operating information in recent periods, the
price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and
financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar
to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the
cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of
market conditions and other factors.


                                      65
<PAGE>

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

   The validity of the issuance of the common stock issued in this offering
will be passed upon for us by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin &
Hachigian, LLP, Austin, Texas. Legal matters will be passed upon for the
underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell, New York, New York. As of the date of
this prospectus, a partnership associated with Gunderson Dettmer Stough
Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP beneficially owned an aggregate of 10,000
shares of our common stock.

                                    EXPERTS

   Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, have audited our consolidated
financial statements at December 31, 1998 and 1999, and for the years then
ended and the period from inception (April 25, 1997) through December 31,
1997, as set forth in their report. We have included our consolidated
financial statements in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst &
Young LLP's report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and
auditing.

   The financial statements of Ventix Systems Inc. as of December 31, 1998 and
1999 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so
included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent
accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and
accounting.


                        CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

   At a meeting held on March 16, 2000, our board of directors approved the
engagement of Ernst & Young LLP as our independent auditors for the fiscal
year ending December 31, 1999 to replace the firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP, who were dismissed as our auditors effective March 16, 2000.

   The reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on our financial statements for
the year ended December 31, 1998 and the period from April 25, 1997
(inception) to December 31, 1997 did not contain an adverse opinion or a
disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty,
audit scope, or accounting principles.

   Through March 16, 2000 and in connection with the audits of our financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the period from April 25,
1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997, there were no disagreements with
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on any matter of accounting principles or
practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures
which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, would have caused PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to
make reference to the matter in their report.

                   WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1 with respect to the common stock offered by this
prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration
statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the
registration statement or the exhibits and schedules which are part of the
registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our
common stock, see the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules
thereto. Any document we file may be read and copied at the Commission's
public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., in Washington, D.C. 20549.
Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the
public reference room. Our filings with the Commission are available to the
public from the Commission's web site at http://www.sec.gov.

   Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information
and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act and,
accordingly, will file annual reports containing consolidated financial
statements audited by an independent public accounting firm, quarterly reports
containing unaudited consolidated financial data, current reports, proxy
statements and other information with the Commission. You will be able to
inspect and copy such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information
at the Commission's public reference room, and the web site of the Commission
referred to above.

                                      66
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
Motive Communications, Inc.
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements
  Report of Independent Auditors..........................................  F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1998, 1999 and September 30,
   2000...................................................................  F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from inception
   (April 25, 1997) through December 31, 1997, the years ended December
   31, 1998 and 1999 and the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and
   2000...................................................................  F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred
   Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the period from inception
   (April 25, 1997) through December 31, 1997, the years ended December
   31, 1998 and 1999 and the nine months ended September  30, 1999
   and 2000...............................................................  F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from inception
   (April 25, 1997) through December 31, 1997, the years ended December
   31, 1998 and 1999 and the nine months ended September  30, 1999 and
   2000...................................................................  F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..............................  F-7
Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
  Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for
   the year ended December 31, 1999....................................... F-24
  Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for
   the nine months ended September 30, 2000............................... F-25
  Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial
   Statements............................................................. F-26
Ventix Systems Inc. (An Acquired Business of Motive Communications, Inc.)
Annual Financial Statements
  Report of Independent Accountants....................................... F-27
  Balance Sheets at December 31, 1998 and 1999............................ F-28
  Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1998 and
   1999................................................................... F-29
  Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit for the years ended
   December 31, 1998 and 1999............................................. F-30
  Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1998 and
   1999................................................................... F-31
  Notes to Financial Statements........................................... F-32
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors
Motive Communications, Inc.

   We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Motive
Communications, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 1998 and 1999, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, changes in redeemable
convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows
for the period from inception (April 25, 1997) through December 31, 1997 and
for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1999. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

   We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on
a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Motive Communications,
Inc. at December 31, 1998 and 1999, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for the period from inception (April 25, 1997) through December 31,
1997, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1999, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

   As discussed in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the
consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated statements of operations,
changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity
(deficit), and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1999 have been
restated.

                                          /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Austin, Texas

April 24, 2000, except for Note 13, as to which the date is September 29, 2000

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                      (in thousands except share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           December 31,     September  30, 2000
                                         -----------------  --------------------
                                          1998      1999    Historical Pro Forma
                                         -------  --------  ---------- ---------
                                                                (unaudited)
<S>                                      <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents............  $ 8,589  $  6,409   $  5,830
  Short-term investments...............      669    12,674     26,405
  Accounts receivable, less allowance
   of $0, $0 and $200, respectively....    1,500     6,588      9,674
  Prepaid expenses and other current
   assets..............................      210     1,395      2,835
                                         -------  --------   --------
    Total current assets...............   10,968    27,066     44,744
                                         -------  --------   --------
Property and equipment, net............      672     1,708      3,086
Goodwill and other intangibles, net....       --        --     20,678
Other assets...........................       43        48        100
                                         -------  --------   --------
    Total assets.......................  $11,683  $ 28,822   $ 68,608
                                         =======  ========   ========
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE
 PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS'
 EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable.....................  $   402  $  1,158   $  3,062
  Accrued liabilities..................       92       425        907
  Deferred revenue.....................      240     2,801     11,450
  Current portion of long-term debt....       91       361        700
                                         -------  --------   --------
    Total current liabilities..........      825     4,745     16,119
Deferred revenue.......................       --        56      2,401
Long-term debt, net of current
 portion...............................      298       713        617
                                         -------  --------   --------
    Total liabilities..................    1,123     5,514     19,137
                                         -------  --------   --------
Commitments and contingencies
Redeemable convertible preferred stock,
 net
  Preferred Stock: $0.001 par value;
   13,500,000 and 15,000,000 shares
   authorized, 11,131,965 and
   13,618,604 shares issued and
   outstanding at December 31, 1998 and
   1999, respectively; 18,648,111
   shares authorized, 18,395,581 shares
   issued and outstanding at September
   30, 2000; zero shares authorized,
   issued and outstanding on a pro
   forma basis.........................   14,750    31,155     53,521  $     --
                                         -------  --------   --------  --------

Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Common stock: $0.001 par value;
   37,500,000 shares authorized,
   16,575,083 and 18,685,767 shares
   issued and outstanding at December
   31, 1998 and 1999, respectively;
   50,000,000 shares authorized,
   23,419,200 shares issued and
   outstanding at September 30, 2000;
   50,000,000 shares authorized,
   41,814,781 shares issued and
   outstanding on a pro forma basis....       17        19         23        42
  Additional paid-in capital...........      300    10,300     42,684    96,186
  Notes receivable from stockholder....     (330)     (166)      (137)     (137)
  Deferred stock compensation..........      (40)   (2,075)    (9,262)   (9,262)
  Other comprehensive income...........       --        --        (30)      (30)
  Accumulated deficit..................   (4,137)  (15,925)   (37,328)  (37,328)
                                         -------  --------   --------  --------
    Total stockholders' equity
     (deficit).........................   (4,190)   (7,847)    (4,050) $ 49,471
                                         -------  --------   --------  ========
    Total liabilities, redeemable
     convertible preferred stock and
     stockholders' equity (deficit)....  $11,683  $ 28,822   $ 68,608
                                         =======  ========   ========
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    (in thousands except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Period From                         Nine Months
                             Inception        Year Ended      Ended September
                          (April 25, 1997)   December 31,           30,
                          through December -----------------  -----------------
                              31, 1997      1998      1999     1999      2000
                          ---------------- -------  --------  -------  --------
                                                                (unaudited)
<S>                       <C>              <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Revenue:
  License fees..........       $   --      $ 1,380  $  7,031  $ 3,657  $ 12,819
  Services..............           --           37     2,130    1,232     6,542
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
    Total revenue.......           --        1,417     9,161    4,889    19,361
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
Cost of revenue:
  License fees..........           --           82       244      161       409
  Services..............           --          422     1,966      984     7,219
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
    Total cost of
     revenue............           --          504     2,210    1,145     7,628
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
Gross margin............           --          913     6,951    3,744    11,733
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing...          178        1,947     6,339    4,251    13,844
  Research and
   development..........          471        1,859     3,713    2,609     5,555
  General and
   administrative.......          286          732     1,946    1,284     4,210
  Amortization of
   goodwill and
   intangibles..........           --           --        --       --     6,221
  Amortization of
   deferred stock
   compensation(1)......            7            5       743      168     4,444
  Costs associated with
   spin-off.............           --           --     6,683      439        --
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
    Total operating
     expenses...........          942        4,543    19,424    8,751    34,274
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
Loss from operations....         (942)      (3,630)  (12,473)  (5,007)  (22,541)
Interest income, net....          123          312       685      428     1,138
                               ------      -------  --------  -------  --------
Net loss................       $ (819)     $(3,318) $(11,788) $(4,579) $(21,403)
                               ======      =======  ========  =======  ========
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share.........       $(0.44)     $ (0.73) $  (1.20) $ (0.47) $  (1.43)
                               ======      =======  ========  =======  ========
Shares used in computing
 basic and diluted net
 loss per share.........        1,858        4,554     9,842    9,826    14,968
Pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share (unaudited)......                            $  (0.53)          $  (0.65)
                                                    ========           ========
Shares used in computing
 pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share (unaudited)......                              22,268             32,839
</TABLE>
--------
(1) Amortization of deferred stock compensation relates to the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Period From
                                  Inception      Year Ended   Nine Months Ended
                               (April 25, 1997) December 31,    September 30,
                               through December ------------- -----------------
                                   31, 1997      1998   1999   1999     2000
                               ---------------- ------ ------ -----------------
                                                                 (unaudited)
   <S>                         <C>              <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>
   Cost of services revenue..       $  --       $   -- $  166 $    16 $     666
   Sales and marketing.......          --           --    181      42     2,112
   Research and development..          --           --     70      36       447
   General and
    administrative...........           7            5    326      74     1,219
                                    -----       ------ ------ ------- ---------
                                    $   7       $    5 $  743 $   168 $   4,444
                                    =====       ====== ====== ======= =========
</TABLE>
                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
                                      AND
                        STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                      (in thousands except share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Redeemable
                       Convertible
                     Preferred Stock
                    ------------------
                      Shares   Amount
                    ------------------
 <S>                <C>        <C>
 Issuance of
 stock upon
 exercise of
 options to
 employees.......           -- $    --
 Issuance of
 Preferred Stock,
 Series A, net...    7,925,472   4,733
 Deferred stock
 compensation
 related to grant
 of options to
 non-employees...           --      --
 Amortization of
 deferred stock
 compensation....           --      --
 Net loss........           --      --
                    ---------- -------
 Balance at
 December 31,
 1997............    7,925,472   4,733
 Issuance of
 stock upon
 exercise of
 options for cash
 and promissory
 note to
 employees.......           --      --
 Issuance of
 stock to
 vendor..........           --      --
 Repurchase and
 retirement of
 common stock....           --      --
 Deferred stock
 compensation
 related to grant
 of options to
 non-employees...           --      --
 Amortization of
 deferred stock
 compensation....           --      --
 Issuance of
 Preferred Stock,
 Series B, net...    3,206,493  10,017
 Net loss........           --      --
                    ---------- -------
 Balance at
 December 31,
 1998............   11,131,965  14,750
 Issuance of
 stock upon
 exercise of
 options to
 employees.......           --      --
 Repurchase and
 retirement of
 common stock....           --      --
 Distribution
 associated with
 spin-off........           --      --
 Payment on note
 receivable from
 stockholder.....           --      --
 Stock
 compensation
 charge resulting
 from
 acceleration of
 stock option
 vesting in
 connection with
 spin-off........           --      --
 Deferred stock
 compensation
 related to grant
 of options to
 employees.......           --      --
 Deferred stock
 compensation
 related to grant
 of options to
 non-employees...           --      --
 Amortization of
 deferred stock
 compensation....           --      --
 Issuance of
 Preferred Stock,
 Series C, net...    2,486,639  16,405
 Net loss........           --      --
                    ---------- -------
 Balance at
 December 31,
 1999............   13,618,604  31,155
 Issuance of
 Preferred Stock,
 Series D, in
 connection with
 Ventix
 acquisition.....    4,776,977  22,366
 Issuance of
 common stock in
 connection with
 Ventix
 acquisition.....           --      --
 Issuance of
 common stock to
 non-employees...           --      --
 Issuance of
 stock upon
 exercise of
 options to
 employees.......           --      --
 Repurchase and
 retirement of
 common stock....           --      --
 Payment on note
 receivable from
 stockholder.....           --      --
 Deferred stock
 compensation....           --      --
 Deferred stock
 compensation
 related to
 acceleration of
 options to
 employee........           --      --
 Amortization of
 deferred stock
 compensation....           --      --
 Comprehensive
 loss:
 Net loss........           --      --
 Foreign currency
 translation
 adjustment......           --      --
 Total
 comprehensive
 loss............
                    ---------- -------
 Balance at
 September 30,
 2000
 (unaudited).....   18,395,581 $53,521
                    ========== =======
 Unaudited pro
 forma redeemable
 convertible
 preferred stock
 and
 stockholders'
 equity at
 September 30,
 2000............           -- $    --
                    ========== =======
<CAPTION>
                                                   Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Note                                                Total
                      Common Stock     Additional Receivable    Deferred       Other                 Stockholders'
                    ------------------  Paid-In      from        Stock     Comprehensive Accumulated    Equity
                      Shares    Amount  Capital   Stockholder Compensation    Income       Deficit     (Deficit)
                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>                <C>         <C>    <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
 Issuance of
 stock upon
 exercise of
 options to
 employees.......   13,092,271   $ 13   $    35    $  --       $    --     $ --           $     --       $   48
 Issuance of
 Preferred Stock,
 Series A, net...           --     --        --         --           --          --             --           --
 Deferred stock
 compensation
 related to grant
 of options to
 non-employees...           --     --        14         --          (14)         --             --           --
 Amortization of
 deferred stock
 compensation....           --     --        --         --            7          --             --            7
 Net loss........           --     --        --         --           --          --           (819)        (819)
                    ----------  -----  --------   --------    ---------    --------       --------    ---------
 Balance at
 December 31,
 1997............   13,092,271     13        49         --           (7)         --           (819)        (764)
 Issuance of
 stock upon
 exercise of
 options for cash
 and promissory
 note to
 employees.......    3,504,862      4       214        (48)          --          --             --          170
 Issuance of
 stock to
 vendor..........       55,500     --         3         --           --          --             --            3
 Repurchase and
 retirement of
 common stock....      (77,550)    --        (4)        --           --          --             --           (4)
 Deferred stock
 compensation
 related to grant
 of options to
 non-employees...           --     --        38         --          (38)         --             --           --
 Amortization of
 deferred stock
 compensation....           --     --        --         --            5          --             --            5
 Issuance of
 Preferred Stock,
 Series B, net...           --     --        --       (282)          --          --             --         (282)
 Net loss........           --     --        --         --           --          --         (3,318)      (3,318)
                    ----------  -----  --------   --------    ---------    --------       --------    ---------
 Balance at
 December 31,
 1998............   16,575,083     17       300       (330)         (40)         --         (4,137)      (4,190)
 Issuance of
 stock upon
 exercise of
 options to
 employees.......    2,216,772      2     1,285         --           --          --             --        1,287
 Repurchase and
 retirement of
 common stock....     (106,088)    --       (36)        --           --          --             --          (36)
 Distribution
 associated with
 spin-off........           --     --      (176)        --           --          --             --         (176)
 Payment on note
 receivable from
 stockholder.....           --     --        --        164           --          --             --          164
 Stock
 compensation
 charge resulting
 from
 acceleration of
 stock option
 vesting in
 connection with
 spin-off........           --     --     6,149         --           --          --             --        6,149
 Deferred stock
 compensation
 related to grant
 of options to
 employees.......           --     --     2,564         --       (2,564)         --             --           --
 Deferred stock
 compensation
 related to grant
 of options to
 non-employees...           --     --       214         --         (214)         --             --           --
 Amortization of
 deferred stock
 compensation....           --     --        --         --          743          --             --          743
 Issuance of
 Preferred Stock,
 Series C, net...           --     --        --         --           --          --             --           --
 Net loss........           --     --        --         --           --          --        (11,788)     (11,788)
                    ----------  -----  --------   --------    ---------    --------       --------    ---------
 Balance at
 December 31,
 1999............   18,685,767     19    10,300       (166)      (2,075)         --        (15,925)      (7,847)
 Issuance of
 Preferred Stock,
 Series D, in
 connection with
 Ventix
 acquisition.....           --     --        --         --           --          --             --           --
 Issuance of
 common stock in
 connection with
 Ventix
 acquisition.....    1,388,356      1     6,422         --           --          --             --        6,423
 Issuance of
 common stock to
 non-employees...    1,676,667      1    11,082         --           --          --             --       11,083
 Issuance of
 stock upon
 exercise of
 options to
 employees.......    1,805,467      2     3,483         --           --          --             --        3,485
 Repurchase and
 retirement of
 common stock....     (137,057)    --      (234)        --           --          --             --         (234)
 Payment on note
 receivable from
 stockholder.....           --     --        --         29           --          --             --           29
 Deferred stock
 compensation....           --     --     9,945         --       (9,945)         --             --           --
 Deferred stock
 compensation
 related to
 acceleration of
 options to
 employee........           --     --     1,686         --       (1,686)         --             --           --
 Amortization of
 deferred stock
 compensation....           --     --        --         --        4,444          --             --        4,444
 Comprehensive
 loss:                                                  --
 Net loss........           --     --        --         --           --          --        (21,403)     (21,403)
 Foreign currency
 translation
 adjustment......           --     --        --         --           --         (30)            --          (30)
                                                                                                      ---------
 Total
 comprehensive
 loss............                                                                                       (21,433)
                    ----------  -----  --------   --------    ---------    --------       --------    ---------
 Balance at
 September 30,
 2000
 (unaudited).....   23,419,200   $ 23   $42,684      $(137)     $(9,262)       $(30)      $(37,328)    $ (4,050)
                    ==========  =====  ========   =========   ==========   ========       ========    =========
 Unaudited pro
 forma redeemable
 convertible
 preferred stock
 and
 stockholders'
 equity at
 September 30,
 2000............   41,814,781   $ 42   $96,186      $(137)     $(9,262)       $(30)      $(37,328)    $ 49,471
                    ==========  =====  ========   =========   ==========   ========       ========    =========
</TABLE>
                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Period From
                            Inception                          Nine Months
                         (April 25, 1997)    Year Ended      Ended September
                             through        December 31,           30,
                           December 31,   -----------------  ------------------
                               1997        1998      1999     1999       2000
                         ---------------- -------  --------  -------   --------
                                                               (unaudited)
<S>                      <C>              <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
Cash flows from
 operating activities
  Net loss..............      $ (819)     $(3,318) $(11,788) $(4,579)  $(21,403)
  Adjustments to
   reconcile net loss to
   net cash provided by
   (used in) operating
   activities:
    Depreciation and
     amortization.......          21          131       515      326      1,046
    Amortization of
     deferred stock
     compensation.......           7            5       743      168      4,444
    Amortization of
     goodwill and
     intangibles........          --           --        --       --      6,221
    Other noncash
     items..............          --            3       (43)      --        (30)
    Stock compensation
     charge resulting
     from acceleration
     of stock option
     vesting in
     connection with
     spin-off...........          --           --     6,149       --         --
    Accretion of
     discount on short-
     term investments...          --           --      (222)      (83)     (806)
    Changes in operating
     assets and
     liabilities net of
     Ventix acquisition
     effect:
      Accounts
       receivable.......          --       (1,500)   (5,088)  (2,091)    (2,603)
      Prepaid expenses
       and other
       assets...........         (18)        (234)   (1,190)      19     (1,486)
      Accounts payable..           6          396       756      498        969
      Accrued
       liabilities......          32           60       333      245       (392)
      Deferred revenue..          --          240     2,617    2,210     10,698
                              ------      -------  --------  -------   --------
  Net cash used in
   operating
   activities...........        (771)      (4,217)   (7,218)  (3,287)    (3,342)
                              ------      -------  --------  -------   --------
Cash flows from
 investing activities
  Purchase of short-term
   investments..........          --         (669)  (15,687) (13,541)   (32,512)
  Proceeds from
   maturities of short-
   term investments.....          --           --     3,903    1,735     22,465
  Cash acquired in
   Ventix acquisition...          --           --        --       --        511
  Purchase of property
   and equipment........        (167)        (658)   (1,683)  (1,188)    (2,016)
                              ------      -------  --------  -------   --------
  Net cash used in
   investing
   activities...........        (167)      (1,327)  (13,467) (12,994)   (11,552)
                              ------      -------  --------  -------   --------
Cash flows from
 financing activities
  Proceeds from issuance
   of long-term debt....          --          389       802      597        559
  Payments made on long-
   term debt............          --           --      (117)     (66)      (316)
  Payments made on line
   of credit............          --           --        --       --       (291)
  Proceeds from issuance
   of redeemable
   convertible preferred
   stock, net...........       4,733        9,736    16,555   16,555         --
  Proceeds from issuance
   of common stock......          48          169     1,301      821     14,597
  Repurchase of common
   stock................          --           (4)      (36)     (35)      (234)
                              ------      -------  --------  -------   --------
  Net cash provided by
   financing
   activities...........       4,781       10,290    18,505   17,872     14,315
                              ------      -------  --------  -------   --------
Net increase (decrease)
 in cash and cash
 equivalents............       3,843        4,746    (2,180)   1,591       (579)
Cash and cash
 equivalents at
 beginning of period....          --        3,843     8,589    8,589      6,409
                              ------      -------  --------  -------   --------
Cash and cash
 equivalents at end of
 period.................      $3,843      $ 8,589  $  6,409  $10,180   $  5,830
                              ======      =======  ========  =======   ========
Supplemental cash flow
 disclosure:
Interest paid...........      $   --      $    17  $     54  $    33   $     99
                              ======      =======  ========  =======   ========
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                               December 31, 1999

      (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended
                September 30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

1. The Company

   Motive Communications, Inc. (the "Company" or "Motive"), formerly Motive
Software, Inc., was incorporated in Delaware on April 25, 1997 ("Inception").
The Company provides e-service software for online customer care. The
Company's software products provide its customers with the infrastructure for
delivering personalized service over the Internet.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

   The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly-owned subsidiaries located in Switzerland and the United
Kingdom. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been
eliminated.

Interim Financial Information

   The financial information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited but includes all adjustments,
consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that in the opinion of
management is necessary for a fair presentation of the Company's financial
position, results of operations, and cash flows for such periods. Operating
results for the nine months ended September 30, 2000 are not necessarily
indicative of results to be expected for the full fiscal year of 2000 or any
future period.

Foreign Currency Transactions

   For the Company's foreign subsidiaries, the functional currency has been
determined to be the local currency, and therefore, assets and liabilities are
translated at period end exchange rates, and income statement items are
translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Such
translation adjustments are recorded in aggregate as a component of
stockholders' equity. Gains and losses from foreign currency denominated
transactions are included in other income (expense) and are not material. No
foreign operations existed for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999.

Use of Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial
statements and accompanying notes. Actual amounts and results could differ
from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the financial
statements.

Cash Equivalents

   Cash equivalents consist of cash deposits and investments with original
maturities of three months or less when purchased.

Short-Term Investments

   In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.
115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, the
Company's short-term investments are classified as

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

held-to-maturity as the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold
the securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at
amortized cost, adjusted for accretion of premiums or discounts to maturity.
Such accretion is included in interest income. Interest on securities
classified as held-to-maturity is also included in interest income. Short-term
investments consist primarily of high grade commercial paper, government
securities and certificates of deposits.

   For the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2000, gross unrealized gains and losses on held-to-
maturity securities were insignificant. Following is a summary of our short-
term investments at December 31, 1998 and 1999 and at September 30, 2000 at
amortized cost, which approximates fair value (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31,
                                                      ------------ September 30,
                                                      1998  1999       2000
                                                      ---- ------- -------------
  <S>                                                 <C>  <C>     <C>
  Certificates of Deposit............................ $669 $ 2,977    $ 4,910
  Corporate Issues...................................   --     991         --
  Government Issues..................................   --   3,743     17,443
  Commercial Paper...................................   --   4,963      4,052
                                                      ---- -------    -------
                                                      $669 $12,674    $26,405
                                                      ==== =======    =======
</TABLE>

   All of the Company's short-term investments mature within one year of the
applicable reporting period for all periods presented.

Concentration of Credit Risks and Significant Customers

   Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk, consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-
term investments and trade receivables. The Company's cash and cash
equivalents and short-term investments are placed with high credit quality
financial institutions and issuers. The Company performs periodic credit
evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally does not
require collateral. As of December 31, 1999, the Company has not recorded any
allowances for doubtful accounts or incurred any credit losses relating to its
accounts receivable.

   Sales to individual customers constituting 10% or more of total revenue for
each period were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1997  1998  1999
                                                                  ----  ----  ----
   <S>                                                            <C>   <C>   <C>
   Customer No. 1................................................  --%   16%   47%
   Customer No. 2................................................  --    23    --
   Customer No. 3................................................  --    12    --
   Customer No. 4................................................  --    12    --
   Customer No. 5................................................  --    11    --
   Customer No. 6................................................  --    --    12
</TABLE>

   For the first nine months of 2000, three of our customers each accounted
for more than 10% of our total revenue in the period. Collectively, these
customers represented 56% of our total revenue for the nine months ended
September 30, 2000.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)


Fair Value of Financial Instruments

   The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments, including cash
and cash equivalents, short-term investments, trade receivables and payables,
accrued expenses and notes payable, approximate fair values.

Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment are stated at cost. Property and equipment are
depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the assets,
which are generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized
on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining term of the lease
or its estimated useful life.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

   In accordance with SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-
Lived Assets to be Disposed of, if indicators of impairment exist, the Company
assesses the recoverability of the affected long-lived assets by determining
whether the carrying value of such assets can be recovered through
undiscounted future cash flows. If impairment is indicated, the Company will
measure the amount of such impairment by comparing the carrying value of the
asset to the present value of the expected future cash flows associated with
the use of the asset. To date, no such indicators of impairment have been
identified.

Advertising Costs

   The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses
were not significant for all periods presented.

Stock-Based Compensation

   SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, prescribes
accounting and reporting standards for all stock-based compensation plans,
including employee stock options. As allowed by SFAS 123, the Company has
elected to continue to account for its employee stock-based compensation in
accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees.



Revenue Recognition

   License fees revenue is comprised of fees for term and perpetual licenses
of the Company's software. Term licenses are sold with maintenance for which
the Company does not have vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) to
determine fair value. As a result, license fees revenue also includes
maintenance for term licenses. License fees revenue is recognized when
persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery of the product has
occurred, no obligations remain, the fee is fixed and determinable and
collectibility is probable. If an arrangement includes a right of acceptance
or a right to cancel, revenue is recognized when acceptance is received or the
right to cancel has expired. If the fee for the license has any payment terms
that are due in excess of the Company's normal payment terms, the fee is
considered to not be fixed and determinable and revenue is recognized,
commencing in the period in which the payment becomes due from the customer
and is limited to the amount which has become due.

   To date, the Company has not entered into an arrangement solely for the
license of products and, therefore, the Company has not demonstrated VSOE of
fair value for the license element. The Company (1) recognizes revenue for the
fees associated with a perpetual license using the residual method in
accordance with SOP 98-9, Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue
Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions, regardless of

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

any separate prices stated within the contract for each element or (2)
recognizes revenue for the fees associated with a term license ratably over
the term of the agreement, generally one to three years.

   The Company has entered into software arrangements with certain customers
which specify that the customer is to pay a "usage fee" based either upon a
fixed price per unit for each unit sold to an end user or a percentage of the
sales price for each unit sold to an end user. For all of these arrangements,
the Company recognizes revenue at the time the customer reports the amount of
usage fees they owe the Company based on their sales activity for the
preceding period. The customer generally reports usage fees to the Company on
a quarterly basis. Usage fees are due from the customer at the time usage is
reported which is generally within 45 days after the end of the calendar
quarter. Therefore, the Company records usage fees in the quarter after such
usage was incurred by the customer resulting in a one-quarter lag.

   License fees revenue from arrangements with resellers is recognized upon
delivery, limited by guaranteed minimum amounts due under the arrangement and
sell through activity. Through September 30, 2000, no revenue had been
recognized from reseller arrangements.

   Services revenue is primarily comprised of revenue from professional
services, such as consulting services, maintenance and support. Services
revenue also includes revenue from the pre-packaged technical support services
available only on a subscription basis via a website hosted by the Company.
Consulting services include a range of services including installation,
implementation and building of non-complex interfaces for the customer's
specific application. Maintenance agreements provide for technical support and
include the right to unspecified upgrades on an if-and-when available basis.
Generally, the Company has determined that the service elements of its
software arrangements are not essential to the functionality of the software.
The Company has also determined that its professional services (1) are
available from other vendors, (2) do not involve a significant degree of risk
or unique acceptance criteria, and (3) qualify for separate accounting as the
Company has sufficient experience in providing such services.

   VSOE of fair value of services in multiple element arrangements is based
upon rates for consulting and training services and annual subscription fees
for pre-packaged technical support services which the Company has charged in
stand-alone contracts for services. For perpetual licensing arrangements, in
accordance with paragraph 57 of SOP 97-2, VSOE of fair value for maintenance
is determined by reference to the price the customer has paid or will be
required to pay when it is sold separately. VSOE of fair value for maintenance
contracts under perpetual license arrangements is based upon the Company's
pricing practice that maintenance renewal rates are based upon a percentage of
the quoted license fees in the related contract. Each contract typically
offers additional renewal periods at a stated price or rate. Maintenance
revenue is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis as services
revenue over the life of the related agreement, which is typically one year.

   Customer advances and billed amounts due from customers in excess of
revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue.

   The Company adopted SOP 97-2 and SOP 98-4, Deferral of the Effective Date
of a Provision of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, as of January 1,
1998. SOP 97-2 and SOP 98-4 provide guidance for recognizing revenue on a
software transaction and supersede SOP 91-1, Software Revenue Recognition.
Full implementation guidelines for these standards have not yet been issued.
Once available, the current revenue accounting practices

                                     F-10
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

may need to change and such changes could affect the Company's future revenues
and results of operation. In December 1998, the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants issued SOP 98-9, Modification of SOP 97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions. SOP 98-9
amends SOP 98-4 to extend the deferral of the application of certain passages
of SOP 97-2 provided by SOP 98-4 through fiscal years beginning on or before
March 15, 1999. All other provisions of SOP 98-9 are effective for
transactions entered into in fiscal years beginning after March 15, 1999. The
Company does not expect the final adoption of SOP 98-9 to have a material
impact on its future revenues or results of operations.

Research and Development

   Research and development costs are expensed in the period incurred. SFAS
No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise
Marketed, requires capitalization of certain software development costs
subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility. Based on the
Company's product development process, technological feasibility is
established upon completion of a working model. Costs related to software
development incurred between completion of the working model and the point at
which the product is ready for general release have been insignificant.
Through September 30, 2000, all software development costs have been expensed
as incurred.

Income Taxes

   The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes. This statement prescribes the use of the
liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined
based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities, and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that will be in
effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

Net Loss Per Share

   In accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share, basic net income
(loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) for the period
by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period
less common shares subject to repurchase. Diluted net income (loss) per share
is computed by dividing the net income (loss) for the period by the weighted
average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding during the
period. The Company has excluded all convertible preferred stock, outstanding
stock options, outstanding warrants to purchase common stock and common stock
subject to repurchase from the calculation of diluted loss per common share
because all such securities are antidilutive for all applicable periods
presented. The total number of shares excluded from the calculations of
diluted net loss per share, prior to application of the treasury stock method
for options, was 15,621,865, 23,114,450, and 23,856,278 for the periods ended
December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.

   Under the provision of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98, common shares
issued for nominal consideration, if any, would be included in the per share
calculations as if they were outstanding for all periods presented. No common
shares have been issued for nominal consideration.

   Pro forma net loss per share has been computed as described above and also
gives effect to common equivalent shares arising from preferred stock that
will automatically convert upon the closing of the initial public offering
contemplated by this prospectus (using the as-if converted method from the
original date of issuance).


                                     F-11
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

      (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended
                September 30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

   The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of basic
and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Nine Months
                             Period From        Year Ended           Ended
                              Inception        December 31,      September 30,
                         (April 25, 1997) to -----------------  -----------------
                          December 31, 1997   1998      1999     1999      2000
                         ------------------- -------  --------  -------  --------
                                                                  (unaudited)
<S>                      <C>                 <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Basic and diluted:
  Net loss..............       $  (819)      $(3,318) $(11,788) $(4,579) $(21,403)
                               =======       =======  ========  =======  ========
  Weighted-average
   shares of common
   stock outstanding....         8,508        15,235    17,748   17,550    22,270
  Weighted-average
   shares of common
   stock subject to
   repurchase...........        (6,650)      (10,681)   (7,906)  (7,724)   (7,302)
                               -------       -------  --------  -------  --------
  Shares used in
   computing basic and
   diluted net loss per
   share................         1,858         4,554     9,842    9,826    14,968
                               =======       =======  ========  =======  ========
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share.........       $ (0.44)      $ (0.73) $  (1.20) $ (0.47) $  (1.43)
                               =======       =======  ========  =======  ========
Pro forma (unaudited):
  Basic and diluted:
    Shares used above...                                 9,842             14,968
    Pro forma adjustment
     to reflect weighted
     average effect of
     assumed conversion
     of preferred
     stock..............                                12,426             17,871
                                                      --------           --------
    Shares used in
     computing pro forma
     basic and diluted
     net loss per
     share..............                                22,268             32,839
                                                      ========           ========
Pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share..................                              $  (0.53)          $  (0.65)
                                                      ========           ========
</TABLE>

Unaudited Pro Forma Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders'
Equity

   The unaudited pro forma redeemable convertible preferred stock and
stockholders' equity information at September 30, 2000 reflects the conversion
of the convertible preferred stock into common stock.

Segments

   Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted the FASB's SFAS No. 131,
Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. The
adoption of SFAS 131 did not have a significant effect on the disclosure of
segment information as the Company continues to consider its business
activities as a single segment.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

   In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended by SFAS No. 137, Deferral of
the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133, which is effective for fiscal
years beginning after June 15, 2000. This statement requires companies to
record derivatives on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities measured at
fair value. Gains or losses resulting from changes in the values of those
derivatives would be accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and
whether it qualifies for hedge accounting. SFAS No. 133 will be effective for
the Company's financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2001.
Management believes that this statement will not have a material impact on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.

                                     F-12
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)


   The FASB recently issued Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain
Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, (the "Interpretation"). The
Interpretation provides guidance related to the implementation of APB 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. The Interpretation is to be applied
prospectively to all new awards, modifications to outstanding awards and
changes in employee status on or after July 1, 2000. For changes made after
December 15, 1998 to awards that affect exercise prices of the awards, the
Company must prospectively account for the impact of those changes. Management
does not believe the full adoption of the Interpretation will have a material
impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

   In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff released
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements
(SAB No. 101), which provides guidance on the recognition, presentation and
disclosure of revenue in financial statements.We believe the Company's current
revenue recognition policies and practices are materially consistent with this
statement. However, full implementation guidelines for this standard have not
yet been issued. Once available, the current revenue accounting practices may
need to change and such changes could affect the Company's future revenue and
earnings.

   In May 2000, the Emerging Issues Task Force released Issue No. 00-2,
Accounting for Web Site Development Costs (EITF No. 00-2), which establishes
standards for determining the capitalization or expensing of incurred costs
relating to the development of Internet web sites based upon the respective
stage of development. EITF No. 00-2 will be effective for fiscal quarters
beginning after June 30, 2000 (including costs incurred for projects in
process at the beginning of the quarter of adoption). Management believes that
this issue will not have a material impact on our financial position or
results of operations.

3. Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment, which includes purchased software for internal use,
comprises the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  December 31,
                                                  -------------  September 30,
                                                  1998    1999       2000
                                                  -----  ------  -------------
   <S>                                            <C>    <C>     <C>
   Computer software............................. $ 234  $  492     $ 1,102
   Computer equipment............................   430   1,182       2,712
   Furniture and fixtures........................   131     546         751
   Leasehold improvements........................    29     132         132
                                                  -----  ------     -------
                                                    824   2,352       4,697
   Less: Accumulated depreciation and
    amortization.................................  (152)   (644)     (1,611)
                                                  -----  ------     -------
                                                  $ 672  $1,708     $ 3,086
                                                  =====  ======     =======

4. Accrued Liabilities

   Accrued liabilities comprises the following (in thousands):
<CAPTION>
                                                  December 31,
                                                  -------------
                                                  1998    1999
                                                  -----  ------
   <S>                                            <C>    <C>     <C>
   Accrued commissions........................... $  82  $  268
   Other.........................................    10     157
                                                  -----  ------
                                                  $  92  $  425
                                                  =====  ======
</TABLE>

5. Long-term Debt

   During 1998, the Company entered into a credit arrangement with a bank
whereby up to $500,000 could be borrowed in the form of a term loan to finance
the acquisition of property and equipment and up to $2.5 million could be
borrowed under a revolving line of credit. The outstanding principal balance
on the term loan is payable monthly in 30 equal installments beginning June
1999. The revolving line of credit arrangement was extended to

                                     F-13
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

May 2000. Borrowings on the line of credit are subject to a borrowing base
limitation of 80% of eligible accounts receivable. During 1999, the Company
entered into an additional credit arrangement with the same bank whereby up to
$1.25 million can be borrowed in the form of a term loan to fund equipment
purchases. Borrowings on the equipment term facility are subject to a
borrowing base limit of 100% of all furniture, fixtures and equipment aged 120
days or less with a cap of $100,000 for software purchases. Upon expiration of
the twelve month interest-only period of the equipment line of credit in May
2000, the outstanding balance of the facility is payable monthly in 30 equal
installments. Borrowings are secured by substantially all of the Company's
assets. The lines of credit contain certain financial covenants and
restrictions as to various matters including the Company's ability to pay
dividends and effect mergers or acquisitions without the bank's prior
approval. At December 31, 1999, the Company was in compliance with such
covenants and restrictions. All facilities bear interest at the bank's prime
lending rate (8.5% and 9.5% at December 31, 1999 and September 30, 2000,
respectively). Amounts outstanding under the term loans at December 31, 1998
and 1999 and September 30, 2000 were $388,915, $1,074,202 and $1,316,667,
respectively. No amounts were outstanding under the revolving line of credit.
Total interest expense incurred during the years ended December 31, 1998 and
1999 was approximately $18,000 and $58,000, respectively. Interest expense for
the nine months ended September 30, 2000 was approximately $100,000.

   The aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 1999 are as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                 <C>
      2000............................................................... $  361
      2001...............................................................    460
      2002...............................................................    253
                                                                          ------
                                                                          $1,074
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>

6. Income Taxes

   As of December 31, 1999, the Company had federal net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $8,192,000 and research and development credit
carryforwards of approximately $281,000. The net operating loss and credit
carryforwards will expire beginning in 2012, if not utilized.

   Utilization of the net operating losses may be subject to a substantial
annual limitation due to the "change in ownership" provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of
net operating losses before utilization.

   Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components
of the Company's deferred taxes as of December 31 are as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1997    1998     1999
                                                       -----  -------  -------
   <S>                                                 <C>    <C>      <C>
   Deferred tax liabilities:
     Depreciable assets............................... $ --   $    (8) $   --
                                                       -----  -------  -------
                                                         --        (8)     --
   Deferred tax assets:
     Net operating loss carryforwards.................   298    1,506    3,031
     Research and development credit carryforwards....    20      105      281
     Deferred revenue.................................   --       --       240
     Accrued expenses.................................   --        13      --
     Depreciable assets...............................   --       --        17
                                                       -----  -------  -------
   Total deferred tax assets..........................   318    1,624    3,569
   Valuation allowance for net deferred tax asset.....  (318)  (1,616)  (3,569)
                                                       -----  -------  -------
   Net deferred tax assets............................   --         8      --
                                                       -----  -------  -------
   Net deferred taxes................................. $ --   $   --   $   --
                                                       =====  =======  =======
</TABLE>

                                     F-14
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

   The Company has established a valuation allowance equal to the net deferred
tax assets due to uncertainties regarding the realization of deferred tax
assets based on the Company's lack of earnings history. The valuation
allowance increased by approximately $1,298,000 and $1,953,000 during 1998 and
1999, respectively.

   The Company's provision for income taxes differs from the expected tax
expense (benefit) amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax
rate of 34% to income before income taxes as a result of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              1997     1998     1999
                             ------   ------   ------
   <S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>
   Federal statutory rate..   (34.0)%  (34.0)%  (34.0)%
   State taxes, net of
    federal benefit........    (3.0)    (3.0)    (1.2)
   Permanent items.........      .6       .4       .3
   Stock compensation......      --       --     19.9
   Research and development
    credit.................    (2.4)    (2.6)    (1.5)
   Change in valuation
    allowance..............    38.8     39.2     16.5
                             ------   ------   ------
                                 --%      --%      --%
                             ======   ======   ======
</TABLE>

7. Commitments and Contingencies

   The Company leases its facilities and sales offices under various operating
lease agreements which expire through 2004. Rental expense was approximately
$18,000, $46,000 and $627,000, for the periods ended December 31, 1997, 1998
and 1999, respectively. Rent expense for the nine months ended September 30,
2000 was approximately $1,025,000.

   Future minimum lease payments under all leases as of December 31, 1999 are
as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                 <C>
      2000............................................................... $1,020
      2001...............................................................  1,000
      2002...............................................................  1,005
      2003...............................................................  1,005
      2004...............................................................     84
                                                                          ------
                                                                          $4,114
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>

   Subsequent to December 31, 1999, the Company leased approximately 117,000
square feet of building space in Austin, Texas for a period of ten years with
occupancy to begin no earlier than November 2000. This building space is
intended to replace the Company's current headquarters.

   The Company has entered into an agreement with a vendor to utilize third
party software as a component of the Company's software. This agreement
requires the Company to pay minimum royalties of $50,000 per quarter in fiscal
2001, $250,000 per quarter in fiscal 2002 and $300,000 per quarter in fiscal
2003. No minimum royalties were required in years prior to 2001.

8. Stockholders' Equity

Series A, B, C, D-1, D-2 and D-3 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

   The Company has authorized classes of Preferred Stock up to a maximum of
20,000,000 shares. As of September 30, 2000, the Company had authorized
7,925,472 shares of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series
A"), 3,225,639 shares of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
("Series

                                     F-15
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

B"), 2,550,000 shares of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
("Series C"), 2,067,000 shares of Series D-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock ("Series D-1"), 2,600,000 shares of Series D-2 Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock ("Series D-2"), and 280,000 shares of Series D-3 Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series D-3").

   On June 6, 1997, the Company issued 7,925,472 shares of Series A, $.001 par
value, to fund its initial operations. The stock was issued for $4,749,999
cash and is presented in the accompanying balance sheets, net of related
offering expenses of $17,410. On July 15, 1998, the Company issued 3,206,493
shares of Series B, $.001 par value, to fund continued research and
development. The stock was issued for $10,047,002 cash and is presented in the
accompanying balance sheets, net of related offering expenses of $29,501. On
June 24, 1999, the Company issued 2,486,639 shares of Series C, $.001 par
value, to fund expansion of the Company's sales and marketing efforts. The
stock was issued for $16,444,950 cash and is presented in the accompanying
balance sheets, net of related offering expenses of $40,000. On January 28,
2000, the Company issued 2,066,309 shares of Series D-1, $.001 par value,
2,524,458 shares of Series D-2, $.001 par value, and 186,210 shares of Series
D-3, $.001 par value, in conjunction with the acquisition of Ventix Systems
Inc. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting. The Series D-1 and D-2 shares were valued at $4.627 per share and
the Series D-3 shares were valued at $6.04 per share, a total value of
$22,366,187.

   Each share of Series A, B, C, D-1, D-2 and D-3 is convertible upon
issuance, at the option of the holder, based on a one for one conversion ratio
equal to the original Series A, B, C, D-1, D-2 and D-3 issue price,
respectively, subject to adjustment for dilution. Each share of Series A, B,
C, D-1, D-2 and D-3 automatically converts into the number of shares of Common
Stock into which such shares are convertible at the then effective conversion
ratio upon: (i) the closing of a public offering of Common Stock at a per
share price of at least $9.92 per share with gross proceeds of at least
$25,000,000, or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of
two-thirds of the then outstanding stockholders of Series A, with respect to
conversion of Series A, and the date specified by written consent or agreement
of seventy-five percent of the then outstanding stockholders of Series B,
Series C, Series D-1, Series D-2 and Series D-3 with respect to conversion of
Series B, Series C, Series D-1, Series D-2 and Series D-3. Accordingly, the
Company has reserved 18,648,111 shares of Common Stock for the conversion of
Series A, B, C, D-1, D-2 and D-3.

   Series A, B, C, D-1, D-2 and D-3 are redeemable any time after June 24,
2004 (the "Redemption Commencement Date"), after the receipt by the Company of
a written request from the holders of not less than two-thirds of the then
outstanding shares of Series A or seventy-five percent of the Series B, Series
C, Series D-1, Series D-2 and Series D-3, as the case may be. Shares are
redeemable in three (3) annual installments at a rate of $.599 per share,
$3.13 per share, $6.61 per share, $1.61 per share, $4.00 per share and $6.04
per share for Series A, B, C, D-1, D-2 and D-3, respectively, plus an imputed
dividend of 7% per annum. Imputed dividends accrue from the Redemption
Commencement Date to the applicable redemption date. Declared but unpaid
dividends are due upon redemption.

   The holders of the Series A, B, C, D-1, D-2 and D-3 will be entitled to
participate in dividends on Common Stock, when and if declared by the Board of
Directors, based on the greater of the per annum rate of $.042, $.219, $.529,
$.113, $.28 and $.423 for Series A, B, C, D-1, D-2 and D-3, respectively, or
the amount equal to dividends paid on any other outstanding shares of the
Company. The dividends are noncumulative. As of September 30, 2000, no
dividends have been declared by the Board.

   In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,
either voluntary or involuntary, Series A, B, C, D-1, D-2 and D-3 holders are
entitled to receive an amount of $.599, $3.13, $6.61, $1.61, $4.00

                                     F-16
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

and $6.04, respectively, per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends
prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders of Common Stock.
In addition to the events above, if consideration other than cash is received
by the Company, the value of such consideration will be deemed its fair market
value on a pro-rata basis. If the Company's legally available assets are
insufficient to satisfy the liquidation preferences, the funds will be
distributed ratably in proportion to the liquidation preference of the Series
A, B, C, D-1, D-2 and D-3.

Warrant

   In conjunction with the Ventix acquisition, the Company assumed a warrant
to issue up to 74,984 shares of Series D-2 Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock to an investor for an exercise price of $4.00 per share. The warrant
will be earned upon the completion of certain performance milestones that are
connected to a collaboration agreement. The commencement of the collaboration
agreement is at the option of the Company and the Company has no intentions of
requesting the warrant holder to perform the services outlined in the
collaboration agreement. Therefore, the Company asserts that the agreement,
related services and warrant have no value.

Common Stock

   At September 30, 2000, there were 23,419,200 shares of Common Stock issued
and outstanding. Of those, 20,360,826 shares were issued out of the Company's
1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the "Plan"), 1,666,667 shares were
issued to Peregrine Systems, 1,388,356 shares were issued in conjunction with
the Ventix acquisition and 3,351 shares issued in connection with the exercise
of outstanding options assumed in conjunction with the Ventix acquisition.
Under the Plan, options to purchase up to 26,217,638 shares of the Company's
Common Stock may be granted. The Plan provides for grants of incentive stock
options or nonqualified options to employees, officers and directors, and
consultants of the Company. Options under the Plan may be granted at prices
less than, equal to, or greater than the estimated fair value of the shares on
the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors, provided that the
exercise price of any incentive stock options granted to a participant who
owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of the Company's
outstanding capital stock must be equal to at least 110% of the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of options
granted under the Plan is ten years from the date of grant (five years in the
case of a participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all
classes of the Company's outstanding capital stock). Options under the Plan
generally vest 20% on the first anniversary date from the date of grant and 5%
quarterly thereafter. Options under the Plan are exercisable immediately and
subject to repurchase at the original exercise price, until fully vested. The
Plan allows for full recourse loans to certain employees of the Company for
purposes of exercising stock options. The interest rate and terms of repayment
are determined by the Plan Administrator. At September 30, 2000, the Company
had $4,832 outstanding from an officer of the Company under such loans. See
Note 9.

   At December 31, 1999 and September 30, 2000, the Company had 5,348,233 and
5,538,723 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of stock
options, respectively.

Deferred Stock Compensation

   In 1999, the Company recorded total deferred stock compensation of
$2,526,000 in connection with stock options granted to employees and directors
of the Company. This amount represents the difference between the exercise
price of stock option grants for 3,466,291 shares of common stock and the
deemed fair value of the Company's common stock at the time of such grants
which ranged from $0.3333 to $2.00 per share and $0.50 to

                                     F-17
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

$3.50 per share, respectively. During the first nine months of 2000, the
Company recorded deferred stock compensation of $9,945,000 in connection with
grants of stock options to employees and directors of the Company. This amount
represents the difference between the exercise price of stock option grants
for 1,395,814 shares of common stock and the deemed fair value of the
Company's common stock at the time of such grants which ranged from $2.00 to
$5.00 per share and $4.627 to $5.949 per share, respectively. In addition, the
Company recorded deferred stock compensation of $1,686,000 in connection with
the acceleration of vesting periods for stock options granted to an employee.
This amount represents the difference between the deemed fair value of stock
option grants for 289,833 shares of common stock on the date of grant which
ranged from $0.06 to $5.949 per share and the deemed fair value of the
Company's common stock on the date of modification, $6.61 per share. These
amounts are being amortized over the vesting periods of the applicable
options, resulting in amortization of $489,000 in 1999 and $4.4 million in the
first nine months of 2000.

   In 1997, 1998 and 1999, the Company recorded total deferred stock
compensation of $14,000, $38,000 and $214,000, respectively, in connection
with stock options granted to consultants. This amount represents the fair
value of the stock determined using the Black-Scholes method. In applying the
Black-Scholes model, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero, a
risk-free interest rate of 5.98%, a volatility factor of 0.7 and the deemed
fair value of the Company's common stock on the date such options became
vested. During the first nine months of 2000, the Company recorded deferred
stock compensation of $9,000 in connection with stock options granted to
consultants.

   Pro forma information regarding net loss is required by Statement 123, and
has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock
options under the fair value method of that Statement. The minimum value for
these options was estimated at the date of grant using a minimum value option
pricing model with the following assumptions for 1997, 1998 and 1999:
volatility of near zero, risk free interest rate of 6%, expected life of the
options of 5 years and an expected dividend yield of 0%.

   For the purpose of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
options is expensed over the options' vesting periods. The Company's pro forma
information is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1997    1998      1999
                                                      -----  -------  --------
   <S>                                                <C>    <C>      <C>
   Net loss as reported.............................. $(819) $(3,318) $(11,788)
   Pro forma net loss................................  (819)  (3,321)  (11,812)
   Diluted net loss per share as reported............ (0.44)   (0.73)    (1.20)
   Pro forma diluted net loss per share.............. (0.44)   (0.73)    (1.20)
</TABLE>


                                     F-18
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

   A summary of the changes in Common Stock options is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Weighted
                                                                      Average
                                                    Range of Exercise Exercise
                                         Shares          Prices        Price
                                       -----------  ----------------- --------
   <S>                                 <C>          <C>               <C>
   Options outstanding, at inception
    (April 25, 1997).................           --   $           --    $   --
     Granted.........................   13,994,779    0.0007-0.0600     0.007
     Exercised.......................  (13,092,271)   0.0007-0.0600     0.004
     Surrendered.....................           --    0.0007-0.0600        --
                                       -----------   --------------    ------
   Options outstanding, December 31,
    1997.............................      902,508    0.0007-0.0600     0.060
     Granted.........................    4,516,144    0.0600-0.3333     0.152
     Exercised.......................   (3,560,362)   0.0600-0.3333     0.062
     Surrendered.....................     (143,550)   0.0600-0.3333     0.288
                                       -----------   --------------    ------
   Options outstanding, December 31,
    1998.............................    1,714,740    0.0600-0.3333     0.278
     Granted.........................    3,573,791    0.3333-2.0000     1.140
     Exercised.......................   (2,216,772)   0.3333-2.0000     0.581
     Surrendered.....................     (347,270)   0.3333-1.7500     0.611
                                       -----------   --------------    ------
   Options outstanding, December 31,
    1999.............................    2,724,489    0.0600-2.0000     1.120
     Granted.........................    4,122,819    2.0000-11.000     5.341
     Exercised.......................  (1,812,116)    0.0600-11.000     1.960
     Surrendered.....................    (240,447)    0.3333-11.000     3.722
                                       -----------   --------------    ------
   Options outstanding, September 30,
    2000.............................    4,794,745   $0.0600-11.000    $4.302
                                       ===========   ==============    ======
</TABLE>

   In conjunction with the Ventix acquisition, the Company assumed outstanding
options to purchase up to 13,778 shares of common stock with exercise prices
ranging from $0.5102 to $1.3426 per share. As of September 30, 2000, options
to purchase 3,351 shares of common stock with exercise prices ranging from
$0.6713 to $1.3426 per share have been exercised, options to purchase 7,821
shares of common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.5102 to $1.3426
per share have been surrendered and options to purchase 2,606 shares of common
stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.5102 to $1.3426 per share remain
outstanding.

   The following table summarized information about options outstanding at
December 31, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Options Outstanding          Options Exercisable
               ------------------------------------- --------------------
                                            Weighted             Weighted
                           Weighted Average Average    Number    Average
  Exercise       Number       Remaining     Exercise Exercisable Exercise
    Price      Outstanding Contractual Life  Price   and Vested   Price
  --------     ----------- ---------------- -------- ----------- --------
<S>            <C>         <C>              <C>      <C>         <C>
    $0.06         347,857        7.81        $0.060    160,888    $0.060
$0.333-$0.733     804,425        9.15         0.535    101,148     0.554
$0.933-$2.000   1,572,207        9.80         1.654     62,800     1.582
-------------   ---------        ----        ------    -------    ------
$0.060-$2.000   2,724,489        9.36        $1.120    324,836    $0.508
=============   =========        ====        ======    =======    ======
</TABLE>

                                     F-19
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

   The following table summarized information about options outstanding at
September 30, 2000:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Options Outstanding          Options Exercisable
                ------------------------------------- --------------------
                                             Weighted             Weighted
                            Weighted Average Average    Number    Average
   Exercise       Number       Remaining     Exercise Exercisable Exercise
     Price      Outstanding Contractual Life  Price   and Vested   Price
   --------     ----------- ---------------- -------- ----------- --------
 <S>            <C>         <C>              <C>      <C>         <C>
     $0.06         272,857        6.96        $0.060    272,857    $0.060
 $0.333-$0.433     134,500        8.14         0.357     31,012     0.355
 $0.600-$0.733     177,523        8.60         0.686     13,500     0.689
    $0.933          83,805        8.77         0.933     11,578     0.933
 $1.50-$2.000    1,493,544        9.17         1.854     93,339     1.764
     $3.00         128,900        9.41         3.000      7,500     3.000
 $5.000-$6.610   2,338,691        9.75         6.581     10,000     5.000
    $11.00         164,925        9.92        11.000         --        --
 -------------   ---------        ----        ------    -------    ------
 $0.060-$11.00   4,794,745        9.30        $4.302    439,786    $0.647
 =============   =========        ====        ======    =======    ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                    ----------------------- Nine Months Ended
                                     1997    1998    1999   September 30, 2000
                                    ------- ------- ------- ------------------
   <S>                              <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
   Weighted-average deemed fair
    value of stock options granted
    during the year:
     Exercise price equal to fair
      value of stock on date of
      grant.......................    $0.01   $0.04 $  0.16       $1.38
     Exercise price less than fair
      value of stock on date of
      grant.......................       --      --   $0.56          --
</TABLE>

Stock Split

   On July 27, 1999, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a three-for-
two forward stock split payable in the form of a dividend of one additional
share of the Company's capital stock for every two shares owned by
stockholders of record on July 27, 1999. All share information in the
accompanying financial statements has been restated to give retroactive
recognition to the stock split for all periods presented.

9. Related Party Note Receivable

   The Company has two full recourse notes receivable from an officer for the
exercise of 814,276 shares of common stock and purchase of 90,000 shares of
Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock in the amount of $48,314 and
$281,940 at December 31, 1998, in the amount of $33,820 and $131,572 at
December 31, 1999 and in the amount of $4,832 and $131,572 at September 30,
2000, respectively. A payment in the amount of $28,988 on the first note was
received subsequent to year-end. The notes accrue interest at 5.77% and 5.56%,
respectively, which is due in quarterly installments. The principal balance is
due in July 2003.

10. Employee Benefit Plan

   During fiscal 1998, the Company established the Motive Communications, Inc.
401(k) Plan ("the 401(k) Plan") for the benefit of substantially all
employees. The Company is the administrator of the 401(k) Plan. To be

                                     F-20
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

eligible for the 401(k) Plan, employees must have reached the age of 21.
Participants may elect to contribute up to 15% of their compensation to the
401(k) Plan. The Company may make discretionary matching contributions of a
participant's compensation as well as discretionary profit-sharing
contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The Company has not contributed to the
401(k) Plan to date.

11. Spin-off and Distribution of Preferred Stock

   On October 18, 1999, the Company contributed certain assets of an internal
initiative valued at $300,000 to a newly formed company, All.com, Inc.
("All.com"), in exchange for 8,000,000 shares of preferred stock of All.com.
In connection with the transition of certain employees from employment with
the Company to employment with All.com, the Company accelerated employee stock
options to purchase an aggregate of 1,816,696 shares of common stock with an
average exercise price of $0.12 per share and a deemed fair value of $3.50 per
share. The Company recorded a stock compensation charge of $6,148,631. At
December 31, 1999, All.com owed the Company $1,034,077 for reimbursement of
personnel costs and other expenditures made on behalf of All.com through
December 31, 1999. Such amount was collected in full subsequent to December
31, 1999. For the nine months ended September 30, 2000, the Company made
expenditures of $14,300 on behalf of All.com and that amount has been
reimbursed in full.

   On October 29, 1999, the Company distributed its investment in All.com to
its stockholders and stock optionholders via a pro-rata distribution.
Distributions to its stockholders were recorded as a return of capital in the
amount of $176,108 and distributions to its optionholders were recorded as
bonus expense of $123,892.

12. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

   In January 2000, the Company acquired Ventix Systems, Inc. in exchange for
6,165,333 shares of capital stock. The following table presents the capital
stock by class of security issued (in thousands except share information):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Class of security                                   Shares   Amount
      -----------------                                  --------- -------
      <S>                                                <C>       <C>
      Common Stock                                       1,388,356 $ 6,423
      Series D-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock  2,066,309   9,561
      Series D-2 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock  2,524,458  11,681
      Series D-3 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock    186,210   1,125
                                                         --------- -------
                                                         6,165,333 $28,790
                                                         ========= =======
</TABLE>

   The Company accounted for the Ventix acquisition using the purchase method
of accounting and Ventix has been included in the results of operations from
the date of the acquisition. The following table presents the allocation of
the purchase price (in thousands):

<TABLE>
      <S>                                                         <C>
      In-process research and development                         $   270
      Acquired technology                                             300
      Workforce                                                     1,840
      Goodwill                                                     24,489
      Net fair value of tangible assets acquired and liabilities
       assumed                                                      2,064
                                                                  -------
                                                                  $28,963
                                                                  =======
</TABLE>

                                     F-21
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

 (Information as of September 30, 2000 and for the nine months ended September
                     30, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited)

   The allocation of in-process research and development, acquired technology
and workforce was based upon an independent valuation. Goodwill and
intangibles are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of two to
three years. In-process research and development was expensed in the first
quarter of 2000. Total amortized expense, including the write-off of acquired
in-process research and development, for the nine months ended September 30,
2000 was $6.2 million.

   During February 2000, Motive Communications GmbH and Motive Communications
(UK) Ltd. were formed as wholly owned subsidiaries of Motive Communications,
Inc. Motive Communications GmbH is located in Oberrieden, Switzerland and
Motive Communications (UK) Ltd. is located in Richmond, UK.

   In March 2000, the Company leased approximately 117,300 square feet of
building space in Austin, Texas for a period of ten years with occupancy to
begin no earlier than November 2000. This new space is intended to replace our
current Austin headquarters. In connection with this lease, the Company issued
a stand-by letter of credit to the lessor in the amount of $1.8 million. The
lessor may draw on this credit should the Company fail to remit its monthly
rent payment or should the Company fail to provide a renewal letter of credit
prior to the expiration of the lease. The letter of credit amount is reduced
to $900,000 upon the closing of an initial public offering with proceeds of at
least $40 million; $450,000 upon the closing of an initial public offering
with proceeds of at least $60 million; and is released in full upon the
closing of an initial public offering with proceeds of at least $80 million.
This letter of credit is secured by a certificate of deposit.

   In April 2000, the Company sold 1,666,667 shares of common stock to
Peregrine Systems for $6.61 per share, or approximately $11 million in cash.

13. Restatement

   The Company has restated its financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 1999. The restatement included adjustments to recognize revenue
on specific contracts to comply with SOP 97-2. The effect of these adjustments
on the year ended December 31, 1999 was to increase revenue by $2,887,000 and
decrease net loss by $2,887,000 and $0.29 per share.

                                     F-22
<PAGE>

       UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   Effective January 28, 2000, Motive Communications, Inc. ("Motive" or the
"Company") acquired 100 percent of the outstanding stock and assumed all
outstanding stock options of Ventix Systems, Inc. ("Ventix"), a provider of
Internet-based service solutions for e-business applications, in exchange for
6,165,333 shares of Motive capital stock. The total purchase price, including
transaction costs, was approximately $29 million. The acquisition was
accounted for as a purchase business combination.

   The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
statements are presented in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

   The unaudited pro forma combined condensed consolidated statements of
operations is based on the audited historical consolidated statement of
operations of Motive and Ventix for the year ended December 31, 1999 and the
nine months ended September 30, 2000. This statement, including the weighted
average number of shares used in the calculation of the pro forma per share
data, assumes the acquisition had been consummated on January 1, 1999.

   The pro forma information is presented for illustrative purposes only and
is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position
that would have occurred if the merger and the acquisition had been
consummated at the beginning of the earliest period presented, nor is it
necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial position. The
pro forma information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying
notes thereto and with Motive's historical consolidated financial statements
and related notes thereto, and Ventix's historical financial statements and
related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                     F-23
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

       UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      For the Year Ended December 31, 1999
                     (in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Pro Forma
                                   Motive     Ventix   Adjustments   Pro Forma
                                 Historical Historical   (Note 2)    Combined
                                 ---------- ---------- -----------   ---------
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
Revenue:
  License fees.................   $  7,031   $   823    $     --     $   7,854
  Services.....................      2,130       108          --         2,238
                                  --------   -------    --------     ---------
Total revenue..................      9,161       931          --        10,092
                                  --------   -------    --------     ---------
Cost of revenue:
  License fees.................        244       750          --           994
  Services.....................      1,966       472          --         2,438
                                  --------   -------    --------     ---------
Total cost of revenue..........      2,210     1,222          --         3,432
                                  --------   -------    --------     ---------
Gross margin...................      6,951      (291)         --         6,660
                                  --------   -------    --------     ---------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing..........      6,339     3,740          --        10,079
  Research and development.....      3,713     2,282          --         5,995
  General and administrative...      1,946     1,052          --         2,998
  Amortization of deferred
   stock compensation..........        743        --          --           743
  Costs associated with spin-
   off.........................      6,683        --          --         6,683
  Amortization of goodwill and
   intangibles.................         --        --       8,926(a)      8,926
                                  --------   -------    --------     ---------
  Total operating expenses.....     19,424     7,074       8,926        35,424
                                  --------   -------    --------     ---------
Loss from operations...........    (12,473)   (7,365)     (8,926)      (28,764)
Gain on sale of investments....         --       229          --           229
Interest income, net...........        685        91          --           776
                                  --------   -------    --------     ---------
Net loss.......................   $(11,788)  $(7,045)   $ (8,926)    $ (27,759)
                                  ========   =======    ========     =========
Basic and diluted net loss per
 share.........................   $  (1.20)                          $   (2.47)
                                  ========                           =========
Shares used in computing basic
 and diluted net loss per
 share.........................      9,842                              11,230
Pro forma basic and diluted net
 loss per share................   $  (0.53)                          $   (0.98)
                                  ========                           =========
Shares used in computing pro
 forma basic and diluted net
 loss per share................     22,268                              28,433
</TABLE>

                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                          MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

       UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

               For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2000
                     (in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Ventix
                                        Period from      Pro Forma       Pro
                            Motive   January 1, 2000 to Adjustments     Forma
                          Historical  January 31, 2000    (Note 2)     Combined
                          ---------- ------------------ -----------    --------
<S>                       <C>        <C>                <C>            <C>
Revenue:
  License fees..........   $ 12,819        $  75           $  --       $ 12,894
  Services..............      6,542           --              --          6,542
                           --------        -----           -----       --------
Total revenue...........     19,361           75              --         19,436
                           --------        -----           -----       --------
Cost of revenue:
  License fees..........        409            2              --            411
  Services..............      7,219           10              --          7,229
                           --------        -----           -----       --------
Total cost of revenue...      7,628           12              --          7,640
                           --------        -----           -----       --------
Gross margin............     11,733           63              --         11,796
                           --------        -----           -----       --------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing...     13,844          309              --         14,153
  Research and
   development..........      5,555           69              --          5,624
  General and
   administrative.......      4,210          290              --          4,500
  Amortization of
   goodwill and
   intangibles..........      6,221           --             474(a)(b)    6,695
  Amortization of
   deferred stock
   compensation.........      4,444           --              --          4,444
                           --------        -----           -----       --------
  Total operating
   expenses.............     34,274          668             474         35,416
                           --------        -----           -----       --------
Loss from operations....    (22,541)        (605)           (474)       (23,620)
Interest income, net....      1,138           20              --          1,158
                           --------        -----           -----       --------
Net loss................   $(21,403)       $(585)          $(474)      $(22,462)
                           ========        =====           =====       ========
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share.........   $  (1.43)                                   $  (1.49)
                           ========                                    ========
Shares used in computing
 basic and diluted net
 loss per share.........     14,968                                      15,111
Pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share..................   $  (0.65)                                   $  (0.67)
                           ========                                    ========
Shares used in computing
 pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share..................     32,839                                      33,507
</TABLE>

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

   NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. General

   The Company accounted for the acquisition of Ventix Systems, Inc. as a
purchase business combination. The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed
financial statements reflect an aggregate purchase price of approximately $29
million, consisting of the fair value of capital stock issued of approximately
$28.8 million as well as transaction costs of approximately $173,000. The
following table presents the allocation of the purchase price (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
  In-process research and development                                $   270
  Acquired technology                                                    300
  Workforce                                                            1,840
  Goodwill                                                            24,489
  Net fair value of tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed   2,064
                                                                     -------
                                                                     $28,963
                                                                     =======
</TABLE>

   The allocation of in-process research and development, acquired technology
and workforce was based upon an independent valuation.

2. Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

   The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of
operations for the year ended December 31, 1999 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2000 have been prepared as if the acquisition was consummated as
of January 1, 1999. Pro forma adjustments were made to reflect the following:

     (a) amortization of acquired intangibles, with amortization periods of
  two years for amounts allocated to acquired technology and three years for
  amounts allocated to workforce and goodwill.

     (b) exclusion of the one-time impact for the write-off of acquired in-
  process research and development cost recorded by the Company in connection
  with the acquisition.

                                     F-26
<PAGE>

                       Report of Independent Accountants

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Motive Communications, Inc.

   In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements
of operations, changes in stockholders' deficit and cash flows present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Ventix Systems Inc. (the
"Company") at December 31, 1998 and 1999, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards
generally accepted in the United States, which require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on
a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the
opinion expressed above.

   As discussed in Notes 1 and 11, in January 2000, the Company was purchased
by Motive Communications, Inc. The purchaser's basis in the net assets will
differ from that reflected in the accompanying historical financial
statements. No adjustments have been made in the accompanying historical
financial statements to reflect this transaction.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Austin, Texas
April 14, 2000

                                     F-27
<PAGE>

                              VENTIX SYSTEMS INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
               (in thousands except share and per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                December 31,
                                                               ----------------
                                                                1998     1999
                                                               -------  -------
<S>                                                            <C>      <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..................................  $   445  $   862
  Short-term investments.....................................       --    2,779
  Accounts receivable, net...................................       33    1,183
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets..................        7      224
                                                               -------  -------
    Total current assets.....................................      485    5,048
Property and equipment, net..................................      359    1,035
Other assets.................................................        6      256
                                                               -------  -------
    Total assets.............................................  $   850  $ 6,339
                                                               =======  =======
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
 STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable...........................................  $    73  $   228
  Accrued liabilities........................................      136      941
  Current portion of long-term debt..........................       --       73
  Deferred revenue...........................................       --      296
                                                               -------  -------
    Total current liabilities................................      209    1,538
Long-term debt, less current portion.........................      375      218
                                                               -------  -------
    Total liabilities........................................      584    1,756
                                                               -------  -------
Commitments and contingencies
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, net..................    2,744   13,739
Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock..      279      630
Stockholders' deficit:
  Common stock: $0.001 par value; 34,500,000 shares
   authorized; 2,604,900 and 3,181,692 shares issued and
   outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1999,
   respectively..............................................        3        3
  Additional paid-in capital.................................       65      482
  Treasury stock, at cost; 0 and 15,625 shares,
   respectively..............................................       --       (1)
  Deferred charge............................................       --      (98)
  Deferred compensation......................................       --     (291)
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss.......................       --      (11)
  Accumulated deficit........................................   (2,825)  (9,870)
                                                               -------  -------
    Total stockholders' deficit..............................   (2,757)  (9,786)
                                                               -------  -------
    Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock
     and stockholders' deficit...............................  $   850  $ 6,339
                                                               =======  =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                              VENTIX SYSTEMS INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          For the Year Ended
                                                             December 31,
                                                          --------------------
                                                            1998       1999
                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
Revenue:
  Product................................................ $      --  $     823
  Service................................................        40        108
                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total revenue........................................        40        931
                                                          ---------  ---------
Cost of revenue:
  Product................................................        --        750
  Service................................................        17        472
                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total cost of revenue................................        17      1,222
                                                          ---------  ---------
  Gross margin...........................................        23       (291)
                                                          ---------  ---------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing....................................       682      3,740
  Research and development...............................     1,195      2,282
  General and administrative.............................       798      1,052
                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses.............................     2,675      7,074
                                                          ---------  ---------
Loss from operations.....................................    (2,652)    (7,365)
                                                          ---------  ---------
Other income (expense):
  Gain on sale of investments............................        --        229
  Interest income........................................        80        102
  Interest expense.......................................        (2)       (11)
                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total other income (expense), net....................        78        320
                                                          ---------  ---------
Net loss................................................. $  (2,574) $  (7,045)
                                                          =========  =========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-29
<PAGE>

                              VENTIX SYSTEMS INC.

                 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
                      (in thousands except share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Accumulated
                        Common Stock   Additional                                                Other         Total
                      ----------------  Paid-In   Treasury Deferred   Deferred   Accumulated Comprehensive Stockholders'
                       Shares   Amount  Capital    Stock    Charge  Compensation   Deficit       Loss         Deficit
                      --------- ------ ---------- -------- -------- ------------ ----------- ------------- -------------
<S>                   <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance at January
 1, 1998............    500,000  $ 1      $ --      $--      $ --      $  --       $  (251)      $ --          $  (250)
Comprehensive loss:
 Net loss...........         --   --        --       --        --         --        (2,574)        --          (2,574)
                                                                                                                 -------
 Comprehensive
  loss..............                                                                                           (2,574)
                                                                                                              -------
Issuance of common
 stock..............  2,104,900    2        65       --        --         --            --         --                67
                      ---------  ---      ----      ---      ----      -----       -------       ----         -------
Balance at December
 31, 1998...........  2,604,900    3        65       --        --         --        (2,825)        --           (2,757)
Comprehensive loss:
 Net loss...........         --   --        --       --        --         --        (7,045)        --          (7,045)
 Other comprehensive
  loss on
  investments in
  available-for-sale
  securities........         --   --        --       --        --         --            --        (11)            (11)
                                                                                                              -------
 Comprehensive
  loss..............                                                                                           (7,056)
                                                                                                              -------
Issuance of common
 stock..............    576,792   --        97       --        --         --            --         --                97
Purchase of treasury
 stock..............         --   --        --       (1)       --         --            --         --                (1)
Deferred stock
 compensation.......         --   --       299       --        --       (299)           --         --                --
Issuance of warrants
 (Note 9)...........         --   --        --       --       (98)        --            --         --               (98)
Amortization of
 deferred stock
 compensation.......         --   --        --       --        --          8            --         --                  8
Issuance of options
 for services.......         --   --        21       --        --         --            --         --                21
                      ---------  ---      ----      ---      ----      -----       -------       ----         -------
Balance at December
 31, 1999...........  3,181,692  $ 3      $482      $(1)     $(98)     $(291)      $(9,870)      $(11)         $(9,786)
                      =========  ===      ====      ===      ====      =====       =======       ====         =======
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-30
<PAGE>

                              VENTIX SYSTEMS INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              For the Year
                                                                  Ended
                                                              December 31,
                                                             ----------------
                                                              1998     1999
                                                             -------  -------
<S>                                                          <C>      <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss.................................................... $(2,574) $(7,045)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
 operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.............................     112      287
  Issuance of stock options for services....................      --       21
  Bad debt expense..........................................       7       --
  Loss on disposition of equipment..........................      --        5
  Amortization of deferred stock compensation...............      --        8
  Amortization of bond premiums.............................      --       40
  Deferred charge...........................................      --      (98)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
  Accounts receivable.......................................     (40)  (1,150)
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................      (2)    (165)
  Accounts payable..........................................      73      155
  Deferred revenue..........................................      --      296
  Accrued liabilities.......................................      80      804
  Other.....................................................       1        5
                                                             -------  -------
    Net cash used in operating activities...................  (2,343)  (6,837)
                                                             -------  -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Issuance of employee notes receivable.......................      --     (131)
Purchase of intangible asset................................      --     (175)
Purchases of property and equipment.........................    (418)    (969)
Purchases of short-term investments.........................      --   (2,830)
                                                             -------  -------
    Net cash used in investing activities...................    (418)  (4,105)
                                                             -------  -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred
 stock and warrants, net....................................      13   11,346
Borrowing under line of credit..............................      --      291
Proceeds from issuance of common stock......................      67       98
Purchase of treasury stock..................................      --       (1)
Proceeds from note payable..................................     375      225
Payments on note payable....................................      --     (600)
                                                             -------  -------
    Net cash provided by financing activities...............     455   11,359
                                                             -------  -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........  (2,306)     417
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..............   2,751      445
                                                             -------  -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.................... $   445  $   862
                                                             =======  =======
Supplemental disclosure:
Cash paid for interest...................................... $     2  $    11
                                                             =======  =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-31
<PAGE>

                              VENTIX SYSTEMS INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
               (in thousands except share and per share amounts)

1. The Company

   Ventix Systems Inc. (formerly LearningSTATE, Inc.) (the "Company") was
incorporated in Delaware on June 13, 1997 ("Inception") and has developed a
knowledge management software product. Prior to January 1, 1999, the Company
was in the development stage.

   As discussed in Note 11, in January 2000, Motive Communications, Inc.
("Motive") acquired all of the outstanding stock of the Company in exchange
for approximately 6,165,000 shares of Motive capital stock. The purchaser's
basis in the net assets will differ from that reflected in the accompanying
historical financial statements. No adjustments have been made in the
accompanying historical financial statements to reflect this transaction.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Product Development Costs

   Research and development costs are incurred for the development of new
products or bringing about significant improvements to existing products.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, "Accounting for the Costs
of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed" ("SFAS No.
86"), requires the capitalization of certain software development costs once
technological feasibility is established. The capitalized cost is then
amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated product life, or based
on the ratio of current revenues to total projected product revenues,
whichever is greater. Technological feasibility does not occur for the
Company's products until all testing has been performed. To date, the Company
has not capitalized any software development costs.

Cash Equivalents

   The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company
deposits cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial
institutions.

Short-Term Investments

   The Company accounts for short-term investments under Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 ("SFAS No. 115"), "Accounting for
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities". SFAS No. 115 requires
investment securities to be classified as held-to-maturity, trading or
available-for-sale based on the characteristics of the securities and the
activity in the investment portfolio. At December 31, 1999, all short-term
investments are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at market
value. Unrealized losses have been recorded as a separate component of equity
for the current period. Short-term investments consist of funds invested in
commercial paper, corporate bonds, foreign debt securities and debt securities
issued by United States government agencies. At December 31, 1999, all of the
Company's short-term investment securities mature within one year.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

   The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments, including cash
and cash equivalents, short-term receivables and payables and the line of
credit approximate fair value at December 31, 1998 and 1999.

                                     F-32
<PAGE>

                              VENTIX SYSTEMS INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
               (in thousands except share and per share amounts)


Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets,
generally three to five years. Expenses for repairs and maintenance are
charged to expense as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

   The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in
accordance with provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB
No. 25"), "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", and complies with the
disclosure requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123
("SFAS No. 123"), "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation". Accordingly,
compensation cost for stock options is measured as the excess, if any, of the
fair value of the Company's stock at the date of grant over the amount an
employee must pay to acquire the stock, amortized over the vesting period.

Income Taxes

   The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes as set
forth in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 ("SFAS No. 109"),
"Accounting for Income Taxes". Under this method, deferred tax liabilities and
assets are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and
liabilities.

Revenue Recognition

   The Company derives revenues from licensing its software and providing
software related services, which include maintenance, training and consulting.
Consulting services include providing implementation, customization and
integration services.

   Revenue from license fees is recognized upon delivery as long as persuasive
evidence of an arrangement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable and
collectibility of the fee is probable, in accordance with Statement of
Position 97-2 ("SOP 97-2"), "Software Revenue Recognition". Revenue related to
maintenance is recognized ratably over the service period. Consulting and
training services are recognized when earned.

   For multiple element arrangements that include maintenance, the fee is
allocated to each of the elements by applying the residual method as described
in Statement of Position 98-9, "Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue
Recognition". Vendor specific objective evidence of fair value ("VSOE") is
established for the maintenance obligation by reference to contractual renewal
rates. For multiple element arrangements that include training and/or
consulting services which are not considered essential to the functionality of
the software nor represent significant production, customization or
modification of the software, the amount allocated to such services are
recognized as the services are performed. VSOE of the services is established
by reference to standard rates charged separately for similar services. For
multiple element arrangements that include training and/or consulting services
that are considered either essential to the functionality of the software or
represent significant production, customization or modification of the
software; the entire arrangement fee is recognized on a contract accounting
basis in accordance with the appropriate principles of Statement of Position
81-1, "Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-
Type Contracts" as required by SOP 97-2.

Deferred Revenues

   To the extent the Company has billed customers for the obligation to
deliver licenses or perform future services, such obligations are recorded as
deferred revenue until delivery of the license or services have been
performed. Post-contract customer support revenue is deferred and recognized
over the term of the agreement.

                                     F-33
<PAGE>

                              VENTIX SYSTEMS INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
               (in thousands except share and per share amounts)


Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

   Redeemable convertible preferred stock is presented net of issuance costs.

Concentration of Credit Risks and Significant Customers

   The Company sells its products to various companies across several
industries and geographies. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of
its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses.

   The Company had customers which accounted for significant percentages of
revenue for the year ended December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1999
                                                                            ----
   <S>                                                                      <C>
   Customer A.............................................................. 19%
   Customer B.............................................................. 61%
</TABLE>

   These customers accounted for significant percentages of net accounts
receivable as follows at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1999
                                                                            ----
   <S>                                                                      <C>
   Customer B.............................................................. 49%
   Customer C.............................................................. 22%
   Customer D.............................................................. 15%
</TABLE>

3. Property and equipment

   Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    December
                                                                       31,
                                                                   ------------
                                                                   1998   1999
                                                                   ----  ------
   <S>                                                             <C>   <C>
   Computer equipment and software................................ $343  $1,157
   Furniture and office equipment.................................   96     223
   Tenant improvements............................................   34      55
                                                                   ----  ------
                                                                    473   1,435
   Less: Accumulated depreciation................................. (114)   (400)
                                                                   ----  ------
                                                                   $359  $1,035
                                                                   ====  ======
</TABLE>

   Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999 was $112
and $287, respectively.

4. Accrued Liabilities

   Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      December
                                                                         31,
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      1998 1999
                                                                      ---- ----
   <S>                                                                <C>  <C>
   Compensation and benefits......................................... $101 $320
   Commissions.......................................................   --  159
   Professional fees.................................................    4  289
   Royalties.........................................................   --   57
   Other.............................................................   31  116
                                                                      ---- ----
                                                                      $136 $941
                                                                      ==== ====
</TABLE>

                                      F-34
<PAGE>

                              VENTIX SYSTEMS INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
               (in thousands except share and per share amounts)


5. Long-Term Debt

   At December 31, 1998 the Company had a revolving line of credit with a bank
in the amount of $1 million of which $375 was outstanding at December 31,
1998. The balance of this line of credit was paid in full in May 1999 and the
agreement expired.

   During the year ended December 31, 1999, the Company entered into a line of
credit agreement with a bank which allows for total maximum borrowings of $2.3
million. Of the total allowed borrowings, $1.3 million may be used to finance
equipment purchases with the remainder being used to fund working capital
requirements. There was $291 outstanding under this agreement at December 31,
1999. The line bears interest at the bank's prime lending rate plus 0.5% (9%
at December 31, 1999). The line of credit contains certain restrictive
covenants related to liquidity and operating results and is collateralized by
corporate assets. The working capital portion of the line of credit matures in
September 2000 while the equipment portion expires in September 2002.

   Advances under the equipment line are available through April 26, 2000.
Through April 26, 2000, the Company is required to make interest only payments
on advances. The principal balance outstanding at April 26, 2000 shall be
payable based on a 36-month amortization, with all outstanding principal due
September 30, 2002.

6. Income Taxes

   The difference between the tax benefit derived by applying the Federal
statutory income tax rate to the Company's net losses and the benefit
recognized in the financial statements is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Year Ended
                                                                 December 31,
                                                                 --------------
                                                                 1998    1999
                                                                 -----  -------
   <S>                                                           <C>    <C>
   Benefit derived by applying the Federal statutory income tax
    rate to net loss
    before income taxes........................................  $(875) $(2,408)
   Research and development credit carryforwards...............    (68)    (192)
   Expense attributable to change in valuation allowance.......    940    2,586
   Permanent differences and other.............................      3       14
                                                                 -----  -------
                                                                 $  --  $    --
                                                                 =====  =======
</TABLE>

   Under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, the components of the net deferred
tax amount recognized in the accompanying balance sheet are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 December 31,
                                                                ---------------
                                                                 1998     1999
                                                                -------  ------
   <S>                                                          <C>      <C>
   Deferred tax assets:
     Net operating loss carryforwards.......................... $   964  $3,339
     Research and development credit carryforwards.............      68     260
     Allowanced for doubtful accounts and other................       3      40
                                                                -------  ------
       Gross deferred tax asset................................   1,035   3,639

   Deferred tax liability:
     Depreciation and other....................................      (9)    (27)
                                                                -------  ------
     Gross deferred tax liability..............................      (9)    (27)

   Valuation allowance.........................................  (1,026) (3,612)
                                                                -------  ------
       Net deferred tax asset.................................. $    --  $   --
                                                                =======  ======
</TABLE>

                                     F-35
<PAGE>

                              VENTIX SYSTEMS INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
               (in thousands except share and per share amounts)


   Due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of the benefits of its
favorable tax attributes in future tax returns, the Company has placed a
valuation allowance against all of its otherwise recognizable net deferred tax
asset.

   The Company's net operating loss carryforwards totaling $9,859 at December
31, 1999 expire in varying amounts through 2017. Under section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code, changes in ownership exceeding certain levels result in
an annual limitation on losses and tax credit carryforwards. Such limitation
may limit the Company's ability to fully utilize its carryforwards prior to
expiration.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

   The Company leases space under an operating lease which expired in December
1999. Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 1998 and 1999 was $71 and
$165, respectively.

   Subsequent to December 31, 1999, the Company renewed the existing lease
through March 31, 2000. Payments due under the lease total $48.

8. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

   Following is a summary of redeemable convertible preferred stock
("preferred stock") issued by the Company at December 31, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Number of    Shares
                                     Shares   Issued and   Total   Carrying
   Series       Date Issued        Designated Outstanding Proceeds  Amount
   ------ ----------------------   ---------- ----------- -------- --------
   <C>    <S>                      <C>        <C>         <C>      <C>
     A    November 1997             5,548,333  5,083,333  $ 3,050  $ 2,744
     B    January 1999              6,979,864  6,778,522   10,100   10,042
     C    September and December
          1999                        971,803    500,000    1,000      953
                                   ---------- ----------  -------  -------
                                   13,500,000 12,361,855  $14,150  $13,739
                                   ========== ==========  =======  =======
</TABLE>

   The Company currently has authorization for the issuance of 13,500,000
shares of $.001 par value preferred stock of which 12,361,855 shares were
issued and outstanding at December 31, 1999. The Series A, B, and C preferred
stock are stated net of related offering costs of $27, $58, and $47,
respectively. The Series A preferred stock is also presented net of $279
related to a Series A warrant that was issued in conjunction with the Series A
financing.

   All preferred stock may be converted into common stock of the Company at
the stockholders' option or in the event of an initial public offering, at a
rate of one share of common stock per share of preferred stock, as adjusted
for certain events. Accordingly, the Company has reserved 13,278,278 shares of
common stock for issuance upon conversion of the Series A, Series B and Series
C preferred stock, including the exercise of outstanding preferred stock
warrants (Note 9). The preferred stockholders have the right to vote on all
matters and are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares
of common stock into which their respective preferred stock shares are
convertible.

   The Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock have a cumulative
dividend rate of $.042, $.1043, and seven percent of the initial Series C
purchase price (initial purchase price of $2.00 per share after exercise of
Series C warrant), respectively, per share per annum. These dividends will be
earned when and if declared by

                                     F-36
<PAGE>

                              VENTIX SYSTEMS INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
               (in thousands except share and per share amounts)

the Board of Directors prior to January 1, 2003. After this date the dividends
will begin accruing whether declared or undeclared by the board of directors.
The dividends shall be paid either in cash or in stock upon the event of any
conversion. As of December 31, 1999, no dividends had been declared by the
board of directors.

   In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the
Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stockholders are entitled to receive
$.60, $1.49 and $2.00 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends
(beginning January 1, 2003) as of the liquidation date whether declared or
undeclared. Should the assets of the Company exceed these initial liquidation
preferences, the holders of the common and preferred stock are entitled to
ratable distributions of the remaining assets of the Company. The Series A,
Series B and Series C preferred stock rank equally with each other, and are
senior to all common stock, with respect to all liquidation and dividend
preferences.

   Commencing on January 21, 2006, the Company may be required to redeem, at
the preferred stockholders' option, 33 1/3% of the outstanding shares of
preferred stock, and an additional 33 1/3% on January 21, 2007 and 2008, at a
redemption price of $.60, $1.49 and $2.00 per share plus any accrued and
unpaid dividends, for Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock,
respectively.

9. Warrants

   During the year ended December 31, 1999, the Company issued a warrant to
one of its investors to purchase 201,423 shares of Series B preferred stock at
$1.49 per share in connection with a collaboration agreement. The warrant will
be earned upon the completion of certain performance milestones that are
connected to the collaboration agreement. The commencement of the
collaboration agreement is at the option of the Company and the Company has no
intention of requesting the warrant holder to perform the services outlined in
the collaboration agreement. Therefore, the Company asserts that the
agreement, related services and warrant have no value.

   The Company issued a warrant to purchase 55,556 shares of Series C
preferred stock at $.001 per share to an investor during the year ended
December 31, 1999. Vesting of this warrant occurred upon the signing of a
contract between the Company and the investor for a specified amount of
revenue. This agreement was signed during 1999, and the warrants vested and
were subsequently exercised. The Company calculated the fair value of this
warrant using the Black-Scholes method on the measurement date and recorded
the fair value of $125 as an offset to revenue earned from that customer. In
applying the Black-Scholes model, the Company used an expected dividend yield
of zero, a risk-free interest rate of 4.88%, a volatility factor of 0.5 and
the deemed fair value ($2.25 per share) of the Company's Series C preferred
stock on the date such warrant became vested.

   The Company issued a warrant for the purchase of 250,000 shares of Series C
preferred stock at $2.89 per share to the same investor during 1999. The
vesting requirements of this warrant are tied to the attainment of certain
revenue levels between the Company and the investor. As of December 31, 1999,
these revenue levels had not been attained. The Company computed the fair
value of this warrant at December 31, 1999 using the Black-Scholes method and
recorded the value of $226. In applying the Black-Scholes model, the Company
used an expected dividend yield of zero, a risk-free interest rate of 4.88%, a
volatility factor of 0.5 and the deemed fair value ($2.89 per share) of the
Company's Series C preferred stock on the measurement date. The fair value of
this warrant was recorded as an offset to revenue to the extent that revenue
was recorded from this customer, or $128. The remaining $98 was recorded as a
deferred charge in stockholders' deficit. This charge will reduce future
revenue, if any, from this customer. Due to the effect of the value of the
warrants, there was no revenue recognized related to this customer for the
year ended December 31, 1999.

                                     F-37
<PAGE>

                              VENTIX SYSTEMS INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
               (in thousands except share and per share amounts)


   In conjunction with the issuance of the Series A preferred stock, the
Company issued 465,000 warrants exercisable for Series A shares through
November 24, 2002 at $.001. Such warrants were exercisable beginning November
24, 1997. The Company computed the fair value of this warrant at date of
issuance using the Black-Scholes method. In applying this model, the Company
used an expected dividend yield of zero, a risk-free interest rate of 5.81%, a
volatility factor of 0.5 and the deemed fair value ($0.60 per share) of the
Company's Series A preferred stock on the date such warrant became vested. The
total fair value of these warrants approximates $279. At December 31, 1998,
proceeds from the Series A preferred stock are presented net of the $279 and
$27 of other issuance costs.

10. Stock Options

   The Company has reserved an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of common stock
for issuance under its 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan provides
for grants of incentive stock options or nonqualified options to employees,
officers and directors, and consultants of the Company. Options under the Plan
are granted at the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant as
determined by the board of directors. The maximum term of options granted
under the Plan is ten years from the date of grant. Options under the Plan
generally vest over four years. Options under the Plan are exercisable
immediately and the shares are subject to repurchase at the original exercise
price, until fully vested. As such, all outstanding options are exercisable.

   In 1999, the Company recorded total deferred stock compensation of $299 in
connection with stock options granted to employees of the Company. This amount
represents the difference between the exercise price of stock option grants
for 639,050 shares of common stock and the deemed fair value of the Company's
common stock at the time of such grants, which ranged from $0.19 to $0.50 per
share and $0.25 to $2.25 per share, respectively. These amounts are being
amortized over the vesting periods of the applicable options, resulting in
amortization expense of $8 in 1999.

   The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related Interpretations in
accounting for its stock option plan. Had compensation cost for the Company's
stock option plans been determined based on the fair market value at the grant
dates for awards under the Plan consistent with the method provided by SFAS
No. 123, the Company's net loss would have been increased to the following pro
forma amounts for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                December 31,
                                                               ----------------
                                                                1998     1999
                                                               -------  -------
   <S>                                                         <C>      <C>
   Net loss:
     As reported.............................................. $(2,574) $(7,045)
     Pro forma................................................ $(2,577) $(7,067)
</TABLE>

   The Company calculated the fair value of each option grant on the date of
grant using the minimum value pricing method with the following assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  December 31,
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                  1998    1999
                                                                 ------- -------
   <S>                                                           <C>     <C>
   Dividend yield...............................................      --      --
   Expected volatility..........................................      --      --
   Risk-free rate of return.....................................   4.43%   6.50%
   Expected life................................................ 4 years 4 years
</TABLE>

                                     F-38
<PAGE>

                              VENTIX SYSTEMS INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
               (in thousands except share and per share amounts)


   The following table summarizes activity under the Plan:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Weighted
                                                                        Average
                                                              Stock     Exercise
                                                             Options     Price
                                                            ----------  --------
   <S>                                                      <C>         <C>
   Outstanding at January 1, 1998..........................  1,112,500   $0.007
     Granted...............................................  1,368,900    0.060
     Exercised............................................. (2,104,900)   0.032
                                                            ----------   ------
   Outstanding at December 31, 1998........................    376,500    0.060
     Granted...............................................  1,214,550    0.230
     Exercised.............................................   (576,792)   0.170
     Canceled..............................................    (46,458)   0.060
                                                            ----------   ------
   Outstanding at December 31, 1999........................    967,800   $0.210
                                                            ==========   ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Options Outstanding               Options Exercisable
                     ----------------------------------------- -------------------------
                                    Weighted-
                                     Average       Weighted-                 Weighted-
                                    Remaining       Average                   Average
      Range of         Number      Contractual     Exercise      Number      Exercise
   Exercise Prices   Outstanding Life (in Years)     Price     Outstanding     Price
   ---------------   ----------- --------------- ------------- ----------- -------------
   <S>               <C>         <C>             <C>           <C>         <C>
           $ 0.060     180,750        8.27       $       0.060   180,750   $       0.060
             0.190     600,500        9.15               0.190   600,500           0.190
             0.250      42,550        9.54               0.250    42,550           0.250
             0.500     144,000        9.78               0.500   144,000           0.500
           -------     -------                   -------------   -------   -------------
           $0.060-
            $0.500     967,800                   $0.060-$0.500   967,800   $0.060-$0.500
           =======     =======                   =============   =======   =============
</TABLE>

   The weighted average fair value of options granted during 1998 and 1999 was
$0.06 and $0.23, respectively.

11. Subsequent Events

   During January 2000, Motive acquired all of the outstanding stock of the
Company for approximately 6,165,000 shares of Motive capital stock. Prior to
the purchase by Motive, $1 million in cash and certain of the Company's assets
with a net book value of $562 were transferred into a new wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company, Question.com (the "Transfer"). These assets were
comprised primarily of computer equipment and software and other furniture and
office equipment. The Company then distributed the outstanding shares of
Question.com stock to its shareholders (the "Distribution"). The Transfer and
Distribution were accounted for on a historical cost basis due to the common
control nature of the entities.

                                     * * *

                                     F-39
<PAGE>

                              [INSIDE BACK COVER]

[Description of graphic: Three-dimensional logo of Motive Communications, Inc.
The bottom of the page centered is our logo and the word "Motive".]
<PAGE>





                     [LOGO OF MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.]

                         Powering Online Customer Care
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

   The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Company in connection
with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates
except the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fees.

<TABLE>
  <S>                                                                <C>
  SEC Registration fee.............................................. $   18,216
  NASD fee..........................................................      7,400
  Nasdaq National Market initial listing fee........................      5,000
  Printing and engraving............................................    175,000
  Legal fees and expenses of the Company............................    600,000
  Accounting fees and expenses......................................    500,000
  Directors and officers insurance..................................    600,000
  Blue sky fees and expenses........................................     25,000
  Transfer agent fees...............................................      3,500
  Miscellaneous.....................................................    250,884
                                                                     ----------
    Total                                                            $2,185,000
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

   Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to
award or a corporation's board of directors to grant indemnification to
directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such
indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including
reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Act"). Article 7.6 of the Company's by-laws provides for mandatory
indemnification of its directors and officers and permissible indemnification
of agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law. The Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides
that, pursuant to Delaware law, its directors shall not be liable for monetary
damages for breach of the directors' fiduciary duty as directors to the
Company and its stockholders. This provision in the amended and restated
certificate of incorporation does not eliminate the directors' fiduciary duty,
and in appropriate circumstances equitable remedies such as injunctive or
other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware law.
In addition, each director will continue to be subject to liability for breach
of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company for acts or omissions not in
good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law,
for actions leading to improper personal benefit to the director, and for
payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that are
unlawful under Delaware law. The provision also does not affect a director's
responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal securities laws or
state or federal environmental laws. The Company has entered into
Indemnification Agreements with its officers and directors, a form of which is
attached as Exhibit 10.1 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The
Indemnification Agreements provide the Company's officers and directors with
further indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware
General Corporation Law. The Company maintains liability insurance for its
directors and officers. Reference is also made to Section 9 of the
underwriting agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 to be filed by amendment,
indemnifying officers and directors of the Company against certain
liabilities, and Section 1.10 of the Third Amended and Restated Investors'
Rights Agreement contained in Exhibit 4.1 hereto, indemnifying certain of our
stockholders, including controlling stockholders, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

   Since inception, we have issued and sold the following securities:

  1. From inception through September 30, 2000, the Company granted stock
     options to purchase 26,207,533 shares of Common Stock at exercise prices
     ranging from $0.0007 to $11.00 per share to employees, consultants and
     directors pursuant to its 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan. In
     addition, the Company assumed 13,778 outstanding options at exercise
     prices ranging from $0.5102 to $1.3426 per share in conjunction with the
     Ventix acquisition.

                                     II-1
<PAGE>


  2. From inception through September 30, 2000, the Company issued and sold
     an aggregate of 20,681,521 shares of its Common Stock to employees,
     consultants and directors for an aggregate cash consideration of
     approximately $5,109,995 pursuant to exercises of options granted under
     its 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan. In addition, the Company
     issued and sold an aggregate of 3,351 shares of its Common Stock to
     employees for an aggregate cash consideration of approximately $2,500
     pursuant to exercises of options assumed in conjunction with the Ventix
     acquisition.
  3. In June 1997, the Company issued and sold 7,925,472 (post-split) shares
     of its Series A Preferred Stock to a total of 8 accredited investors for
     an aggregate purchase price of $4,749,999.
  4. In July 1998, the Company issued and sold 3,206,493 (post-split) shares
     of its Series B Preferred Stock to a total of 14 accredited investors
     for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10,047,002.
  5. In June 1999, the Company issued and sold 2,486,639 (post-split) shares
     of its Series C Preferred Stock to a total of 11 accredited investors
     for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $16,444,949.
  6. In January 2000, the Company issued 1,388,356 shares of Common Stock and
     2,066,309 shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, 2,524,458 shares of
     Series D-2 Preferred Stock and 186,210 shares of Series D-3 Preferred
     Stock pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and
     between the Registrant, Merger Sub and Ventix, dated January 28, 2000
     for an aggregate value of approximately $28,700,000.
  7. In April 2000, the Company issued and sold 1,666,667 shares of its
     Common Stock to one accredited investor for an aggregate purchase price
     of approximately $11,016,669.

   Two of the Company's directors, Eric L. Jones and John D. Thornton, each
purchased shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and
Series C Preferred Stock. In connection with the Ventix acquisition, Mr.
Thornton was issued shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock. Two of our officers,
Patrick D. Motola and Douglas F. McNary, purchased shares of Series B
Preferred Stock.

   The issuances described in Items 15(1) and (2) were deemed exempt from
registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated
under the Securities Act or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The issuances
of the securities described in Items 15(3)-(5) and (7) were deemed to be
exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2)
of such Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder. The issuance of
securities described in Item 15(6) were deemed to be exempt from registration
under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of such Act as a
transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. In the transaction
described in Item 15(6), there was no general solicitation and the issuance
was limited to the holders of Ventix shares. In addition, the recipients of
securities in each such transaction above represented their intentions to
acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale
in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were
affixed to the share certificates issued in such transactions. All recipients
had adequate access, through their relationships with the Company, to
information about the Company.

                                     II-2
<PAGE>

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

  (a)Exhibits

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit
     No.    Description
   -------  -----------
   <C>      <S>
     1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
     3.1*   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
            Registrant, as amended to date.
     3.2*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
            Registrant to be filed after the closing of the offering made
            pursuant to this Registration Statement.
     3.3*   Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant, as amended to date.
     3.4*   Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant to be
            effective upon the closing of the offering made pursuant to their
            Registration Statement.
     4.1*   Third Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated
            January 28, 2000, among the Registrant and the stockholders named
            therein, as amended.
     4.2*   Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 7, 2000, between the
            Registrant and Peregrine Systems, Inc.
     4.3    Specimen Certificate of the Registrant's common stock.
     5.1**  Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin &
            Hachigian, LLP, counsel to the Registrant.
    10.1*   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the
            Registrant and its directors and executive officers.
    10.2*   1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.
    10.3*   2000 Equity Incentive Plan.
    10.4*   2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
    10.5*   Security and Loan Agreement between the Registrant and Imperial
            Bank, dated May 19, 1999.
    10.6*   Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Huskers-Research, Ltd.,
            dated March 22, 2000.
    10.7*   Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Waterford IV HP, Ltd.,
            dated October 22, 1999.
   +10.8*   Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Peregrine
            Systems, Inc. dated April 13, 2000.
   +10.9*   Software License Agreement between the Registrant and Dell
            Products, L.P., dated December 2, 1998.
   +10.10*  Software License Agreement between the Registrant and Compaq
            Computer Corporation, dated April 30, 1999.
   +10.11*  License Agreement for OEM Customers between the Registrant and
            Gateway Companies, Inc. dated September 13, 1999.
   +10.12   Software License Agreement between the Registrant and Hewlett-
            Packard Company dated December 13, 2000.
    10.13   Offer Letter from the Registrant to Mr. Patrick Motola dated April
            22, 1998.
    10.14   Offer Letter from the Registrant to Mr. Douglas McNary dated
            February 13, 1998.
    16.1*   Letter Regarding Change in Independent Auditors.
    21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
    23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors.
    23.2**  Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin &
            Hachigian, LLP, counsel to the Registrant. Reference is made to
            Exhibit 5.1.
    23.3    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
    24.1*   Power of Attorney. Reference is made to page II-5.
    27.1*   Financial Data Schedule.
    99.1*   Consent of International Data Corporation.
</TABLE>
--------
*  Previously filed.
** To be supplied by amendment.
+  Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this exhibit.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>

Item 17. Undertakings

   The Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the
closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be
permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant
pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Registrant, Indemnification
Agreements entered into between the Registrant and its officers and directors,
the underwriting agreement, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification
is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a
court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification
by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.

   The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the
      information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
      Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
      form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
      or (4) or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this
      Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each post-
      effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
      to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered
      therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
      deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                     II-4
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in
the City of Austin, State of Texas, on this 18th day of October, 2000.

                                        MOTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                        By:       /s/ Scott L. Harmon
                                           ____________________________________
                                                    Scott L. Harmon
                                         President and Chief Executive Officer

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Signature                                 Title                       Date
            ---------                                 -----                       ----
<S>                                    <C>                                  <C>
       /s/ Scott L. Harmon             President, Chief Executive Officer   October 18, 2000
 _____________________________________ and Director (Principal Executive
           Scott L. Harmon             Officer)

        /s/ R. Logan Wray*             Chief Financial Officer (Principal   October 18, 2000
 _____________________________________ Financial and Accounting Officer)
            R. Logan Wray

        /s/ Eric L. Jones*             Director                             October 18, 2000
 _____________________________________
            Eric L. Jones

    /s/ Michael J. Maples, Sr.*        Director                             October 18, 2000
 _____________________________________
       Michael J. Maples, Sr.

        /s/ Ross B. Garber*            Director                             October 18, 2000
 _____________________________________
           Ross B. Garber

       /s/ John D. Thornton*           Director                             October 18, 2000
 _____________________________________
          John D. Thornton

        /s/ David Sikora*              Director                             October 18, 2000
 _____________________________________
            David Sikora
</TABLE>

*By:  /s/ Scott L. Harmon
  ____________________________
        Scott L. Harmon
        Attorney-in-Fact
 Pursuant to Power of Attorney

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Sequentially
                                                                     Numbered
 Exhibit No.                       Exhibit                             Page
 ----------- ---------------------------------------------------   ------------
 <C>         <S>                                                   <C>
   1.1*      Form of Underwriting Agreement.
   3.1*      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
              of the Registrant, as amended to date.
   3.2*      Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of
              Incorporation of the Registrant to be filed after
              the closing of the offering made pursuant to this
              Registration Statement.
   3.3*      Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant, as
              amended to date.
   3.4*      Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of the
              Registrant to be effective upon the closing of the
              offering made pursuant to their Registration
              Statement.
   4.1*      Third Amended and Restated Investors' Rights
              Agreement, dated January 28, 2000, among the
              Registrant and the stockholders named therein, as
              amended.
   4.2*      Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 7,
              2000, between the Registrant and
              Peregrine Systems, Inc.
   4.3       Specimen Certificate of the Registrant's common
              stock.
   5.1**     Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve
              Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, counsel to the
              Registrant.
  10.1*      Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into
              between the Registrant and its directors and
              executive officers.
  10.2*      1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.
  10.3*      2000 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.4*      2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  10.5*      Security and Loan Agreement between the Registrant
              and Imperial Bank, dated May 19, 1999.
  10.6*      Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Huskers-
              Research, Ltd., dated March 22, 2000.
  10.7*      Lease Agreement between the Registrant and
              Waterford IV HP, Ltd., dated October 22, 1999.
 +10.8*      Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and
              Peregrine Systems, Inc. dated April 13, 2000.
 +10.9*      Software License Agreement between the Registrant
              and Dell Products, L.P., dated December 2, 1998.
 +10.10*     Software License Agreement between the Registrant
              and Compaq Computer Corporation, dated April 30,
              1999.
 +10.11*     License Agreement for OEM Customers between the
              Registrant and Gateway Companies, Inc. dated
              September 13, 1999.
 +10.12      Software License Agreement between the Registrant
              and Hewlett-Packard Company dated December 13,
              2000.
  10.13      Offer Letter from the Registrant to Mr. Patrick
              Motola dated April 22, 1998.
  10.14      Offer Letter from the Registrant to Mr. Douglas
              McNary dated February 13, 1998.
  16.1*      Letter Regarding Change in Independent Auditors.
  21.1       Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23.1       Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors.
  23.2**     Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve
              Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, counsel to the
              Registrant. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
  23.3       Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
  24.1*      Power of Attorney. Reference is made to page II-5.
  27.1*      Financial Data Schedule.
  99.1*      Consent of International Data Corporation.
</TABLE>
--------
* Previously filed.
** To be supplied by amendment.
+ Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this exhibit.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission